soul (19feb23) (branch)

git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/branches/branch2022.final@65906 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751

4 files changed, 5560 insertions, 4461 deletions

diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/generic/soul/Makefile b/Master/texmf-dist/source/generic/soul/Makefile
deleted file mode 100644
index 1a0103f695c..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/generic/soul/Makefile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
-# $Id: Makefile,v 1.7 2003/06/22 09:23:35 m Rel $
-
-NAME=soul
-ARCHNAME=$(NAME).tar.gz
-ARCHIVE=$(NAME).dtx Makefile $(NAME).txt $(NAME).ins
-MAKEIDXOPT=
-DVIPSOPT=#-Pcmz -Pamz
-DEP=$(NAME).sty
-
-all: $(NAME).sty $(NAME).ps
-
-print: $(NAME).ps
-	psbook $(NAME).ps|psnup -2|psselect -e|lpr
-	@ echo -n revert paper stack and hit return
-	@ read key
-	psbook $(NAME).ps|psnup -2|psselect -o -r|lpr
-
-ps: $(NAME).ps
-
-%.ps: %.dvi
-	dvips $(DVIPSOPT) $< -o $@
-
-hyper: $(NAME).dtx $(NAME).sty
-	pdflatex "\relax\let\makehyperref\active\input $(NAME).dtx"
-
-$(NAME).pdf: $(NAME).dtx $(NAME).sty
-	pdflatex $(NAME).dtx
-
-archive:
-	@ tar -czf $(ARCHNAME) $(ARCHIVE)
-	@ echo $(ARCHNAME)
-
-clean: 
-	rm -f $(NAME).{log,toc,lot,lof,idx,ilg,ind,aux,blg,bbl,dvi,ins,out}
-
-distclean: clean
-	rm -f $(NAME).{ps,sty,pdf} $(ARCHNAME)
-
-
-REFWARN = 'Rerun to get cross-references'
-LATEXMAX = 5
-
-%.dvi: %.dtx $(DEP)
-	latex $< ; true
-	RUNS=$(LATEXMAX); \
-	while [ $$RUNS -gt 0 ] ; do \
-		if grep $(REFWARN) $*.log > /dev/null; \
-		then latex $< ; else break; fi; \
-		RUNS=`expr $$RUNS - 1`; \
-	done
-
-$(NAME).sty: $(NAME).ins soul.dtx
-	tex $(NAME).ins
-
-$(NAME).ins:
-	latex $(NAME).dtx
-
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/generic/soul/soul-ori.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/generic/soul/soul-ori.dtx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..861c0843bf2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/generic/soul/soul-ori.dtx
@@ -0,0 +1,4469 @@
+% \iffalse
+%% File: soul-ori.dtx
+% Copyright (C) 1998--2003  Melchior FRANZ
+% Copyright (C) 2021-2023   Oberdiek Package Support Group
+%    https://github.com/ho-tex/soul/issues
+%
+% COPYRIGHT NOTICE:
+% This package is free software that can be redistributed and/or modified
+% under the terms of the LaTeX Project Public License as specified
+% in the file macros/latex/base/lppl.txt on any CTAN archive server,
+% such as ftp://ftp.dante.de/.
+%
+%% Original author data:
+%% ====================================================================
+%%  @LaTeX-package-file{
+%%     author          = "Melchior FRANZ",
+%%     version         = "2.4",
+%%     date            = "17 November 2003",
+%%     filename        = "soul.dtx",
+%%     address         = "Melchior FRANZ
+%%                        Rieder Hauptstrasse 52
+%%                        A-5212 SCHNEEGATTERN
+%%                        AUSTRIA",
+%%     telephone       = "++43 7746 3109",
+%%     URL             = "http://www.unet.univie.ac.at/~a8603365/",
+%%     email           = "a8603365@unet.univie.ac.at",
+%%     codetable       = "ISO/ASCII",
+%%     keywords        = "spacing out, letterspacing, underlining, striking out,
+%%                        highlighting",
+%%     supported       = "yes",
+%%     docstring       = "This article describes the `soul' package, which
+%%                        provides hyphenatable letterspacing (spacing out),
+%%                        underlining, and some derivatives.
+%%                        All features are based upon a common mechanism
+%%                        that allows to typeset text syllable by syllable,
+%%                        where the excellent TeX hyphenation algorithm is
+%%                        used to find the proper hyphenation points.
+%%                        Two examples show how to use the provided interface to
+%%                        implement things such as `an-a-lyz-ing syl-la-bles'.
+%%                        Although the package is optimized for LaTeX2e,
+%%                        it works with Plain TeX and with other
+%%                        packages, too.",
+%%  }
+%% ====================================================================
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%<*driver>
+\def\fileversion{3.0}
+\def\filedate{2023-18-02}
+%
+\documentclass{ltxdoc}
+%
+%
+%
+\makeatletter\let\SOUL@sethyphenchar\relax\makeatother
+\IfFileExists{soul.sty}{%
+    \usepackage{soul}[2002/01/10]
+    \expandafter\ifx\csname sloppyword\endcsname\relax  % old version?
+        \def\sloppyword{\textbf{?? [obsolete soul version]}}
+    \fi
+    \let\SOULSTYfound\active
+}{%
+    \GenericWarning{soul.dtx}{%
+        Package file `soul.sty' couldn't be found. You should however find^^J^^A
+        a file `soul.ins' in the current directory. If you type "tex soul.ins"^^J^^A
+        on the command line, `soul.sty' will be generated. After that
+        run "latex soul.dtx" again and you won't see this message again.
+    }%
+}%
+%
+%
+%
+\usepackage{hyperref}
+    \hypersetup{
+        bookmarksopen,
+        colorlinks,
+        pdftitle={The soul-ori package},
+        pdfauthor={Melchior FRANZ},
+        pdfsubject={Version 3.0},
+        pdfkeywords={space out, letterspacing, underlining, overstriking, highlighting}
+    }
+    \usepackage{graphicx,color}
+    \pdfstringdefDisableCommands{%
+        \let\so\relax
+        \let\caps\relax
+        \let\ul\relax
+        \let\st\relax
+        \let\hl\relax
+        \def\soul{soul}%
+        \def\TeX{TeX}}
+%
+%
+%
+%\RecordChanges
+%
+\begin{document}
+\setcounter{tocdepth}{2}
+\DocInput{soul-ori.dtx}
+\end{document}
+%</driver>
+% \fi
+%
+% \title{The \texttt{soul-ori} package}
+%
+% \author{Melchior \caps{FRANZ}}
+%
+% \date{November 17, 2003}
+%
+%^^A=====================================================
+%
+%^^A  These messy macros allow to typeset the `example' sections
+%^^A  conveniently. You'd better ignore them. I do!   :-)
+%
+% \makeatletter
+%
+% \def\squarebull{\rule[.2ex]{.8ex}{.8ex}}
+%
+% \newenvironment{examples}
+%   {\parindent\z@\small\fontencoding{OT1}\selectfont}
+%   {\rule{\hsize}{.4pt}}
+%
+% \def\soultest#1|{\bgroup\rule[.5ex]{\hsize}{.4pt}\par
+%   \parbox[t]{.34\hsize}{\raggedright\textit{#1\unskip.}}%
+%   \hspace{1.5em}$\vtop\bgroup\hb@xt@.4\hsize\bgroup
+%   \llap{\squarebull\hspace{.4em}}\soulttest}
+%
+% {\catcode`\|=13\gdef\soulttest{%
+%   \bgroup\def\do##1{\catcode`##1=12}\dospecials\ttfamily
+%   \catcode`\|=13\unskip\def|{\hss\egroup\egroup\soultttest}}}
+%
+% \def\soultttest#1{\hbox{\vtop{\hsize.4\hsize\hbadness\@M
+%   \leavevmode\llap{\squarebull\hspace{.4em}}#1\null}}%
+%   \egroup$\hspace{1.5em}\parbox[t]{1mm}{\hyphenpenalty-\@M
+%   \exhyphenpenalty-\@M\hbadness\@M\hfuzz\maxdimen
+%   \strut\llap{\squarebull\hspace{.4em}}#1\null}%
+%   \goodbreak\vspace{2ex}
+%   \egroup}
+%
+% \newcommand*\DescribeOption[1]{\marginpar{\raggedleft\textsf{#1}\ignorespaces}}
+%
+%
+%^^A  similar to the `description' environment
+%
+% \def\describemacro{^^A
+%   \bgroup
+%   \let\do\@makeother
+%   \dospecials
+%   \catcode`{=1
+%   \catcode`}=2
+%   \SOUL@@@descmacro
+% }
+%
+% \def\SOUL@@@descmacro#1{^^A
+%   \texttt{#1}^^A
+%   \DescribeMacro{#1}^^A
+%   \expandafter\edef\expandafter\x\expandafter{\expandafter\@gobble#1}^^A
+%   \expandafter\label{cmd:\x}^^A
+%   \egroup
+% }
+%
+%
+% \def\SOUL@@@verbitem[#1: {^^A
+%   \bgroup
+%   \let\do\@makeother
+%   \dospecials
+%   \SOUL@@@verbscan{#1}^^A
+% }
+%
+% \def\SOUL@@@verbscan#1#2]{^^A
+%   \egroup
+%   \goodbreak
+%   \def\@currentlabel{\S\,\the\SOUL@@@itemnr}^^A
+%   \label{par:#1}^^A
+%   \SOUL@@@item[\textbf{\@currentlabel\hskip.6em#1:}]\hfil\break
+%   Example: \texttt{#2}\hfil\break^^A
+%   \advance\SOUL@@@itemnr1
+% }
+%
+% \let\SOUL@@@item\item
+% \newcount\SOUL@@@itemnr
+%
+% \newenvironment{verblist}[1]{^^A
+%   \SOUL@@@itemnr=#1
+%   \list{}{^^A
+%       \settowidth{\labelwidth}{\indent\indent}^^A
+%       \leftmargin\labelwidth
+%       \advance\leftmargin\labelsep
+%       \def\makelabel##1{##1}^^A
+%       \let\item\SOUL@@@verbitem
+%   }^^A
+% }{^^A
+%   \endlist
+% }
+%
+% \newenvironment{labeling}[1]{^^A
+%   \list{}{^^A
+%       \settowidth{\labelwidth}{\textbf{#1}}^^A
+%       \leftmargin\labelwidth\advance\leftmargin\labelsep
+%       \def\makelabel##1{\textbf{##1}\hfil}^^A
+%   }^^A
+% }{^^A
+%   \endlist
+% }
+%
+% \newenvironment{syntax}{^^A
+%   \par\medskip\def\<##1>{$\langle$\syn{##1}$\rangle$}^^A
+%       \indent\begin{tabular}{l}^^A
+%   }{^^A
+%       \end{tabular}^^A
+%       \noindentafter\medbreak
+%   }
+%
+%
+% \newenvironment{example}[1][.9\textwidth]
+%   {\par\medskip\indent\begin{tabular}{p{#1}l}}
+%   {\end{tabular}\noindentafter\medbreak}
+%
+% \newcommand*\noindentafter{^^A
+%   \global\everypar{{\setbox\z@\lastbox}\everypar{}}}
+%
+% \newcommand*\errsquare{\leavevmode\vrule height.8em depth.2em width1em\relax}
+%
+%
+% \ifx\SOULSTYfound\active
+%^^A  analyze syllables---described somewhere below
+%
+% \DeclareRobustCommand*\sy{^^A
+%   \SOUL@setup
+%   \def\SOUL@preamble{\lefthyphenmin0\righthyphenmin0}^^A
+%   \def\SOUL@everysyllable{\the\SOUL@syllable}^^A
+%   \def\SOUL@everyspace##1{##1\space}^^A
+%   \def\SOUL@everyhyphen{^^A
+%       \discretionary{^^A
+%           \SOUL@setkern\SOUL@hyphkern
+%           \SOUL@sethyphenchar
+%       }{}{^^A
+%           \hbox{\kern1pt$\cdot$}^^A
+%       }^^A
+%   }^^A
+%   \def\SOUL@everyexhyphen##1{^^A
+%       \SOUL@setkern\SOUL@hyphkern
+%       \hbox{##1}^^A
+%       \discretionary{}{}{^^A
+%           \SOUL@setkern\SOUL@charkern
+%       }^^A
+%   }^^A
+%   \SOUL@}
+%
+%^^A  analyze the engine---described somewhere below, too
+%
+% \DeclareRobustCommand*\an{^^A
+%   \def\SOUL@preamble{$^{^P}$}^^A
+%   \def\SOUL@everyspace##1{##1\texttt{\char`\ }}^^A
+%   \def\SOUL@postamble{$^{^E}$}^^A
+%   \def\SOUL@everyhyphen{$^{^-}$}^^A
+%   \def\SOUL@everyexhyphen##1{##1$^{^=}$}^^A
+%   \def\SOUL@everysyllable{$^{^S}$}^^A
+%   \def\SOUL@everytoken{\the\SOUL@token$^{^T}$}^^A
+%   \def\SOUL@everylowerthan{$^{^L}$}^^A
+%   \SOUL@}
+%
+%^^A  magazine-like (truly awful) paragraphs
+%^^A  If you know what you're doing, you can copy it to your personal `soul.cfg' file.
+%
+%  \DeclareRobustCommand*\magstylepar{\SOUL@sosetup
+%    \def\SOUL@preamble{^^A
+%      \edef\SOUL@soletterskip{\z@\@plus\fontdimen2\font\@minus\z@}^^A
+%      \edef\SOUL@soinnerskip{\the\fontdimen2\font
+%        \@plus\the\fontdimen3\font\@minus\the\fontdimen4\font}^^A
+%      \let\SOUL@soouterskip\SOUL@soinnerskip
+%      \SOUL@sopreamble}^^A
+%    \lefthyphenmin2\righthyphenmin2\SOUL@}
+%
+%\else
+%
+%^^A  The package has not been found, so we're providing some dummies, just
+%^^A  to avoid all these `Undefined command sequence' messages.
+%
+%   \def\SOUL@@@X#1{\textbf{??}}%
+%   \let\so\SOUL@@@X
+%   \let\textso\SOUL@@@X
+%   \let\caps\SOUL@@@X
+%   \let\textcaps\SOUL@@@X
+%   \let\ul\SOUL@@@X
+%   \let\textul\SOUL@@@X
+%   \let\st\SOUL@@@X
+%   \let\textst\SOUL@@@X
+%   \let\hl\SOUL@@@X
+%   \let\texthl\SOUL@@@X
+%   \let\sy\SOUL@@@X
+%   \let\an\SOUL@@@X
+%   \let\magstylepar\SOUL@@@X
+%   \let\sloppyword\SOUL@@@X
+%   \def\sodef#1#2#3#4{\let#1\relax\SOUL@@@X}%
+% \fi
+%
+% \newcommand*\xpath{^^A
+%   \bgroup
+%   \let\do\@makeother
+%   \dospecials
+%   \catcode`\{=1
+%   \catcode`\}=2
+%   \def\{{\char"7B}^^A
+%   \def\}{\char"7D}^^A
+%   \SOUL@@@code
+% }
+%
+% \newcommand*\SOUL@@@code[1]{\normalfont\texttt{#1}\egroup}
+%
+% \let\cs\xpath
+% \let\option\textsf
+% \def\package#1{{\normalfont\texttt{#1}}}
+% \let\program\texttt
+% \let\bibtitle\textit
+% \let\syn\textit
+%
+% \sodef\person{\scshape}{0.06em}{0.45em}{0.4em}
+% \sodef\SOUL@@@versal{\upshape}{0.125em}{0.4583em}{0.5833em}
+% \DeclareRobustCommand*\versal[1]{^^A
+%   \MakeUppercase{\SOUL@@@versal{#1}}^^A
+% }
+%
+% \def\ConTeXt{Con\TeX t}
+% \def\CTAN{{\small\caps{CTAN}}}
+% \def\soul{\package{soul-ori}}
+%
+% ^^A  set some parameters as used in Plain TeX
+% \def\plainsetup{^^A
+%   \pretolerance100
+%   \tolerance200
+%   \hbadness1000
+%   \linepenalty10
+%   \hyphenpenalty50
+%   \exhyphenpenalty50
+%   \doublehyphendemerits10000
+%   \finalhyphendemerits5000
+%   \adjdemerits10000
+%   \hfuzz.1pt
+%   \overfullrule5pt
+% }
+%
+% \def\FIXME#1{\message{<FIXME>}#1}
+%
+% \makeatother
+%
+%
+% \lefthyphenmin2
+% \righthyphenmin3
+% \hyphenation{Le-se-ty-po-gra-phie Ver-bin-dung fak-si-mi-le}
+%
+%
+%^^A=====================================================
+%
+%
+% \changes{v1.0}{1998/10/16}{Initial version}%
+%^^A  due to an error in the documentation of v1.0, there's no v1.1    :-(
+% \changes{v1.1a}{1998/12/08}{fixed a bunch of bugs; `magstylepar command
+%   banned; `caps introduced; `so and `caps recognize following spaces;
+%   error message added; `so parameters are mandatory}
+%
+% \changes{v1.2}{1999/01/11}{fixed the newline bug; added the `\(>\) command}
+%
+% \changes{v1.3}{1999/05/15}{changed allowhyphen, preambles; added a paragraph
+%   in the `features' section}
+%
+% \changes{v2.0}{2002/01/03}{(almost) complete rewrite}
+%
+% \changes{v2.1}{2002/01/10}{Happy (64th) birthday, Don!
+%   ``The now-traditional fix for the
+%   now-traditional brown-paper-bag major release.''
+%   as Eric S. RAYMOND commented on his CML2.0.1 release. ;-)}
+%
+% \changes{v2.2}{2002/05/12}{fixed a couple of bugs; added support for
+%   the Plain TeX color.sty wrapper}
+%
+% \changes{v2.3}{2002/05/29}{compatibility with cmbright/ccfonts}
+%
+% \changes{v2.4}{2003/11/17}{Fix the font bug. Fix a scanner bug.
+%   Other bugfixes; change caps set handling; add footnote and
+%   textsuperscript support}
+%
+% \changes{v2.5}{2021/12/14}{Allocate new registers, see issue 1 +2 at https://github.com/drehscheibe/soul,
+% renamed to soul-ori, to allow to merge it with soulutf8}
+%
+% \changes{v3.0}{2023/02/18}{the package has been merged with soulutf8}
+%
+%
+%
+% \maketitle
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{abstract}
+% This article describes the \soul\ package^^A
+%^^A%%
+%   \footnote{This file has version number \fileversion, last revised \filedate.},
+%^^A%%
+% which provides \so{hyphenatable letterspacing (spacing out),} \ul{underlining}
+% and some derivatives such as \st{overstriking} and highlighting.
+% Although the package is optimized for \LaTeXe, it also works with
+% Plain \TeX\ and with other flavors of \TeX\ like, for instance, \ConTeXt.
+% By the way, the package name |soul| is only a combination
+% of the two macro names \cs{\so} (space out) and \cs{\ul}
+% (underline)---nothing poetic at all.^^A  :-(
+% \end{abstract}
+%
+%
+% {\setlength\parskip{0pt}\tableofcontents }
+% \addtocontents{toc}{\protect\begin{multicols}{2}}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \section{Typesetting rules}
+% \label{sec:typesetting}
+%
+% There are several possibilities to emphasize parts of a paragraph,
+% not all of which are considered good style. While underlining
+% is commonly rejected, experts dispute about whether letterspacing
+% should be used or not, and in which cases. If you are not interested
+% in such debates, you may well skip to the next section.
+%
+%
+% \subsection*{Theory \dots}
+% \label{sec:theory}
+%
+% To understand the experts' arguments we have to know about the
+% conception of \emph{page grayness.} The sum of all characters on
+% a page represents a certain amount of grayness, provided that
+% the letters are printed black onto white paper.
+%
+% \person{Jan Tschichold} \cite{Tschichold}, a well known and recognized
+% typographer, accepts only forms of emphasizing, which do not disturb this
+% grayness. This is only true of italic shape, caps, and
+% caps-and-small-caps fonts, but not of ordinary letterspacing, underlining,
+% bold face type and so on, all of which appear as either dark or light
+% spots in the text area. In his opinion emphasized text shall not catch the eye when
+% running over the text, but rather when actually reading the respective words.
+%
+% Other, less restrictive typographers \cite{Willberg} call this kind of emphasizing
+% `integrated' or `aesthetic', while they describe `active' emphasizing apart from it,
+% which actually \emph{has} to catch the reader's eye. To the latter group belong commonly
+% despised things like letterspacing, demibold face type and even underlined and colored text.
+%
+% On the other hand, \person{Tschichold} suggests
+% to space out caps and caps-and-small-caps fonts on title pages, headings and running headers from
+% 1\,pt up to 2\,pt.
+% Even in running text legibility of uppercase letters should be improved with slight
+% letterspacing, since (the Roman) majuscules don't look right, if they are spaced
+% like (the Carolingian) minuscules.\footnote{This suggestion is followed throughout this article,
+% although Prof.~\person{Knuth} already considered slight letterspacing with his |cmcsc| fonts.}
+%
+%
+%
+%\subsection*{\dots\ and Practice}
+%
+% However, in the last centuries letterspacing was excessively used,
+% underlining at least sometimes, because capitals and italic shape could
+% not be used together with the \emph{Fraktur} font and other black-letter fonts,
+% which are sometimes also called ``old German'' fonts.
+% This tradition is widely continued until today. The same limitations apply still today
+% to many languages with non-latin glyphs, which is why letterspacing has a strong
+% tradition in eastern countries where Cyrillic fonts are used.
+%
+% The \person{Duden} \cite{Duden}, a well known German dictionary, explains how to space out properly:
+% \emph{Punctuation marks are spaced out like letters, except quotation marks and periods.
+% Numbers are never spaced out. The German syllable \mbox{\emph{-sche}} is not spaced
+% out in cases like \emph{``der {\so{Virchow{sche}}} Versuch''}\footnote{the \person{Virchow} experiment}.
+% In the old German \emph{Fraktur} fonts the ligatures \emph{|ch|, |ck|, |sz|~(\ss)} and~\emph{|tz|} are
+% not broken within spaced out text.}
+%
+% While some books follow all these rules \cite{Muszynski}, others don't
+% \cite{Reglement}. In fact, most books in my personal library do \emph{not} space out commas.
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \section{Short introduction and common rules}
+%
+% The \soul\ package provides five commands that are aimed at emphasizing
+% text parts. Each of the commands takes one argument that can either be
+% the text itself or the name of a macro that contains text (e.\,g.~|\so\text|)^^A
+% ^^A
+% \footnote{See~\ref{par:Unexpandable material in command sequences} for
+%    some additional information about the latter mode.}^^A
+% ^^A
+% .
+% See table~\ref{tab:survey} for a complete command survey.
+%
+% {\catcode`\|=12
+% \begin{center}
+% \begin{tabular}{r@{\hspace{1.5em}}l}
+% \verb+\so{letterspacing}+&\so{letterspacing}\\
+% \verb+\caps{CAPITALS, Small Capitals}+&\caps{CAPITALS, Small Capitals}\\
+% \verb+\ul{underlining}+&\ul{underlining}\\
+% \verb+\st{overstriking}+&\st{overstriking}\\
+% \verb+\hl{highlighting}+&highlighting\footnotemark\\
+% \end{tabular}
+% \end{center}
+% \footnotetext{The look of highlighting is nowhere demonstrated
+%   in this documentation, because it requires a Postscript aware
+%   output driver and would come out as ugly black bars on other
+%   devices, looking very much like censoring bars. Think of it as
+%   the effect of one of those coloring text markers.}
+% }
+%
+% \noindent
+% The \cs{\hl} command does only highlight if the \package{color} package
+% was loaded, otherwise it falls back to underlining.\footnote{Note that
+% you can also use \LaTeX's \package{color} package with Plain \TeX.
+% See~\ref{sec:plain} for details.} The highlighting
+% color is by default yellow, underlines and overstriking lines are by
+% default black. The colors can be changed using the following commands:
+%
+% {\catcode`\|=12
+% \begin{center}
+% \begin{tabular}{r@{\hspace{1.5em}}l}
+% \verb+\setulcolor{red}+&set underlining color\\
+% \verb+\setstcolor{green}+&set overstriking color\\
+% \verb+\sethlcolor{blue}+&set highlighting color\\
+% \end{tabular}
+% \end{center}
+% }
+%
+% \noindent
+% |\setulcolor{}| and |\setstcolor{}|  turn coloring off.
+% There are only few colors predefined by the \package{color}
+% package, but you can easily add custom color definitions.
+% See the \package{color} package documentation~\cite{color} for further
+% information.
+%
+% \begin{example}
+% |\usepackage{color,soul}|\\
+% |\definecolor{lightblue}{rgb}{.90,.95,1}|\\
+% |\sethlcolor{lightblue}|\\
+% |...|\\
+% |\hl{this is highlighted in light blue color}|\\
+% \end{example}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \subsection[Some things work]{Some things work \dots}
+%
+% The following examples may look boring and redundant, because they describe
+% nothing else than common \LaTeX\ notation with a few exceptions, but this is
+% only the half story: The \soul\ package has to pre-process the argument
+% before it can split it into characters and syllables, and all described
+% constructs are only allowed because the package explicitly implements them.
+%
+% \begin{verblist}{1}
+% \item[Accents: \so{na\"\i ve}]
+%   Accents can be used naturally.
+%   Support for the following accents is built-in: |\`|, |\'|, |\^|, |\"|, |\~|,
+%   |\=|, |\.|, |\u|, |\v|, |\H|, |\t|, |\c|, |\d|, |\b|, and |\r|. Additionally,
+%   if the \package{german} package \cite{german} is loaded you can also use the |"|
+%   accent command and write |\so{na"ive}|. See section~\ref{sec:soulaccent} for how to add
+%   further accents.
+% \item[Quotes: \so{``quotes''}]
+%   The \soul\ package recognizes the quotes ligatures |``|, |''| and |,,|.
+%   The Spanish ligatures |!`| and |?`| are not recognized and have, thus,
+%   to be written enclosed in braces like in |\caps{{!`}Hola!}|.
+% \item[Mathematics: \so{foo$x^3$bar}]
+%   Mathematic formulas are allowed, as long as they are
+%   surrounded by~\texttt\$. Note that the \LaTeX\
+%   equivalent |\(...\)| does not work.
+% \item[Hyphens and dashes: \so{re-sent}]
+%   Explicit hyphens as well as en-dashes~(|--|), em-dashes~(|---|)
+%   and the |\slash| command work as usual.
+% \item[Newlines: \so{new\\line}]
+%   The |\\|~command fills the current line with white space
+%   and starts a new line. Spaces or linebreaks afterwards are ignored.
+%   Unlike the original \LaTeX\ command \soul's version does not handle
+%   optional parameters like in |\\*[1ex]|.
+% \item[Breaking lines: \so{foo\linebreak bar}]
+%   The \cs{\linebreak} command breaks the line without
+%   filling it with white space at the end. \soul's version
+%   does not handle optional parameters like in |\linebreak[1]|.
+%   \cs{\break} can be used as a synonym.
+% \item[Unbreakable spaces: \so{don't~break}]
+%   The |~|~command sets an unbreakable space.
+% \item[Grouping: \so{Virchow{sche}}]
+%   A pair of braces can be used to let a group of characters
+%   be seen as one entity, so that \soul\ does
+%   for instance not space it out. The contents must, however,
+%   not contain potential hyphenation points. (See~\ref{par:Protecting})
+% \item[Protecting: \so{foo \mbox{little} bar}]
+%   An \cs{\mbox} also lets \soul\ see the contents as one
+%   item, but these may even contain hyphenation points. \cs{\hbox} can
+%   be used as a synonym.
+% \item[Omitting: \so{\soulomit{foo}}]
+%   The contents of \cs{\soulomit} bypass the soul core and are typeset
+%   as is, without being letterspaced or underlined. Hyphenation points are
+%   allowed within the argument. The current font remains active, but can be
+%   overridden with \cs{\normalfont} etc.
+% \item[Font switching commands: \so{foo \texttt{bar}}]
+%   All standard \TeX\ and \LaTeX\ font switching commands are allowed, as
+%   well as the \package{yfonts} package \cite{yfonts} font commands like \cs{\textfrak} etc.
+%   Further commands have to be registered using the \cs{\soulregister}
+%   command (see section~\ref{sec:soulregister}).
+% \item[Breaking up ligatures: \ul{Auf{}lage}]
+%   Use |{}| or \cs{\null} to break up ligatures like `fl' in \cs{\ul}, \cs{\st} and \cs{\hl}
+%   arguments.
+%   This doesn't make sense for \cs{\so} and \cs{\caps}, though, because they break up
+%   every unprotected (ungrouped\slash unboxed) ligature, anyway, and would
+%   then just add undesirable extra space around the additional item.
+% \end{verblist}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \subsection{\dots\ others don't}
+%
+% Although the new \soul\ is much more robust and forgiving than
+% versions prior to~2.0, there are
+% still some things that are not allowed in arguments.
+% This is due to the complex engine, which has to read and inspect every
+% character before it can hand it over to \TeX's paragraph builder.
+%
+% \begin{verblist}{20}
+% \item[Grouping hyphenatable material: \so{foo {little} bar}]
+%   Grouped characters must not contain hyphenation points. Instead of
+%   |\so{foo {little}}| write |\so{foo \mbox{little}}|. You get a
+%   \texttt{`Re\-con\-struction failed'} error and a black square like
+%   \errsquare\ in the \caps{DVI} file where you violated this rule.
+% \item[Discretionary hyphens: \so{Zu\discretionary{k-}{}{c}ker}]
+%   The argument must not contain discretionary hyphens. Thus, you have to
+%   handle cases like the German word |Zu\discretionary{k-}{}{c}ker| by yourself.
+% \item[Nested soul commands: \ul{foo \so{bar} baz}]
+%   \soul\ commands must not be nested. If you really
+%   need such, put the inner stuff in a box and use this box. It will, of
+%   course, not get broken then.\\
+%   \null\qquad|\newbox\anyboxname|\\
+%   \null\qquad|\sbox\anyboxname{ \so{the worst} }|\\
+%   \null\qquad|\ul{This is by far{\usebox\anyboxname}example!}|\\
+%   yields:\\
+%   \newbox\anyboxname
+%   \sbox\anyboxname{ \so{the worst} }
+%   \null\qquad\ul{This is by far{\usebox\anyboxname}example!}
+% \item[Leaking font switches: \def\foo{\bf bar} \so{\foo baz}]
+%   A hidden font switching command that leaks into its neighborship
+%   causes a \texttt{`Reconstruction failed'} error. To avoid this either
+%   register the `container' (|\soulregister{\foo}{0}|), or limit its
+%   scope as in |\def\foo{{\bf bar}}|. Note that both
+%   solutions yield slightly different results.
+% \item[Material that needs expansion: \so{\romannumeral\year}]
+%   In this example \cs{\so} would try to put space between \cs{\romannumeral}
+%   and \cs{\year}, which can, of course, not work.
+%   You have to expand the argument before you feed it to \soul, or even better:
+%   Wrap the material up in a command sequence and let \soul\ expand it:
+%   |\def\x{\romannumeral\year}| |\so\x|. \soul\ tries hard to expand
+%   enough, yet not too much.
+% \item[Unexpandable material in command sequences: \def\foo{\bar} \so\foo]
+%   Some macros might not be expandable in an \cs{\edef} definition^^A
+%   \footnote{Try \texttt{\string\edef\string\x\char`\{\string\copyright\char`\}}.
+%   Yet \texttt{\string\copyright} works in \soul\ arguments, because it is
+%   explicitly taken care of by the package}
+%   and have to be protected with \cs{\noexpand} in front. This is automatically done
+%   for the following tokens: |~|, \cs{\,}, \cs{\TeX}, \cs{\LaTeX},
+%   \cs{\S}, \cs{\slash}, \cs{\textregistered}, \cs{\textcircled}, and \cs{\copyright},
+%   as well as for all registered fonts and accents. Instead of putting \cs{\noexpand}
+%   manually in front of such commands, as in |\def\foo{foo {\noexpand\bar} bar}| |\so\foo|,
+%   you can also register them as special (see section \ref{sec:soulregister}).
+% \item[Other weird stuff: \so{foo \verb|\bar| baz}]
+%   \soul\ arguments must not contain \LaTeX\ environments, command definitions,
+%   and fancy stuff like |\vadjust|. \soul's |\footnote| command replacement
+%   does not support optional arguments. As long as you are writing simple,
+%   ordinary `horizontal' material, you are on the safe side.
+% \end{verblist}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{table}
+% \begin{center}
+% \catcode`\|=12
+% \newcommand*\pref[1]{{\footnotesize\pageref{cmd:#1}}}
+% \newcommand*\Ast{\rlap{$^\ast$}}
+% \let\m\cs
+% \let\ti\textit
+% \begin{tabular}{r@{\hspace{.6em}}c@{\hspace{.6em}}l}
+% &\hbox to0pt{\hss\footnotesize page\hss}&\\[.5ex]
+% \verb+\so{letterspacing}+&                \pref{so}           &\so{letterspacing}\\
+% \verb+\caps{CAPITALS, Small Capitals}+&   \pref{caps}         &\caps{CAPITALS, Small Capitals}\\
+% \verb+\ul{underlining}+&                  \pref{ul}           &\ul{underlining}\\
+% \verb+\st{striking out}+&                 \pref{st}           &\st{striking out}\\
+% \verb+\hl{highlighting}+&                 \pref{hl}           &highlighting\\
+% \\
+% \verb+\soulaccent{\cs}+&                  \pref{soulaccent}   &\ti{add accent} \cs{\cs} \ti{to accent list}\\
+% \verb+\soulregister{\cs}{0}+&             \pref{soulregister} &\ti{register command} \m{\cs}\\
+% \verb+\sloppyword{text}+&                 \pref{sloppyword}   &\ti{typeset} \m{text} \ti{with stretchable spaces}\\
+% \\
+% \verb+\sodef\cs{1em}{2em}{3em}+&          \pref{sodef}        &\ti{define new spacing command} \m{\cs}\\
+% \verb+\resetso+&                          \pref{resetso}      &\ti{reset} \m{\so} \ti{dimensions}\\
+% \verb+\capsdef{////}{1em}{2em}{3em}+\Ast& \pref{capsdef}      &\ti{define (default)} \m{\caps} \ti{data entry}\\
+% \verb+\capssave{name}+\Ast&               \pref{capssave}     &\ti{save} \m{\caps} \ti{database under name} \rlap{\texttt{name}}\\
+% \verb+\capsselect{name}+\Ast&             \pref{capssave}     &\ti{restore} \m{\caps} \ti{database of name} \rlap{\texttt{name}}\\
+% \verb+\capsreset+\Ast&                    \pref{capsreset}    &\ti{clear caps database}\\
+% \verb+\setul{1ex}{2ex}+&                  \pref{setul}        &\ti{set} \m{\ul} \ti{dimensions}\\
+% \verb+\resetul+&                          \pref{resetul}      &\ti{reset} \m{\ul} \ti{dimensions}\\
+% \verb+\setuldepth{y}+&                    \pref{setuldepth}   &\ti{set underline depth to depth of an} y\\
+% \verb+\setuloverlap{1pt}+&                \pref{setuloverlap} &\ti{set underline overlap width}\\
+% \verb+\setulcolor{red}+&                  \pref{setulcolor}   &\ti{set underline color}\\
+% \verb+\setstcolor{green}+&                \pref{setstcolor}   &\ti{set overstriking color}\\
+% \verb+\sethlcolor{blue}+&                 \pref{sethlcolor}   &\ti{set highlighting color}\\
+% \end{tabular}
+% \caption{List of all available commands. The number points to the
+%          page where the command is described. Those marked
+%          with a little asterisk are only available when the package
+%          is used together with \LaTeX, because they rely on the
+%          \emph{New Font Selection Scheme (NFSS)} used in \LaTeX.}
+% \label{tab:survey}
+% \end{center}
+% \end{table}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Troubleshooting}
+%
+% Unfortunately, there's just one helpful error message provided by
+% the \soul\ package, that actually describes the underlying problem. All other
+% messages are generated directly by \TeX\ and show the low-level
+% commands that \TeX\ wasn't happy with. They'll hardly point you
+% to the violated rule as described in the paragraphs above.
+% If you get such a mysterious error message for a line that contains
+% a \soul\ statement, then comment that statement out and see if the message
+% still appears.
+% \texttt{`Incomplete }\cs{\ifcat}\texttt{'} is such a non-obvious message.
+% If the message doesn't appear now, then check the argument for
+% violations of the rules as listed in~\S\S\,20--26.
+%
+%
+%
+% \subsubsection{\texttt{`Reconstruction failed'}}
+%
+% This message appears, if \ref{par:Grouping hyphenatable material} or
+% \ref{par:Leaking font switches} was
+% violated. It is caused by the fact that the reconstruction pass
+% couldn't collect tokens with an overall width of the syllable that
+% was measured by the analyzer. This does either occur when you
+% grouped hyphenatable text or used an unregistered command
+% that influences the syllable width. Font switching commands belong
+% to the latter group. See the above cited sections for how to fix
+% these problems.
+%
+%
+%
+% \subsubsection{Missing characters}
+%
+% If you have redefined the internal font as described in section \ref{sec:internalfont},
+% you may notice that some characters are omitted without any error message
+% being shown. This happens if you have chosen, let's say, a font with
+% only 128~characters like the |cmtt10| font, but are using characters
+% that aren't represented in this font, e.\,g.~characters with codes
+% greater than~127.
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \section{\so{Letterspacing}}
+%
+% \subsection{How it works}
+% \label{sec:so}
+%
+% The base macro for letterspacing is called \describemacro{\so}.
+% It typesets the given argument with \syn{inter-letter space}
+% between every two characters, \syn{inner space} between words
+% and \syn{outer space} before and after the spaced out text.
+% If we let ``$\cdot$'' stand for \syn{inter-letter space}, ``$\ast$''
+% for \syn{inner spaces} and ``$\bullet$'' for \syn{outer
+% spaces,} then the input on the left side of the following table
+% will yield the schematic output on the right side:
+%
+% \begin{center}
+% \def\.{$\cdot$}
+% \def\-{\kern1pt$\ast$\kern1pt}
+% \def\*{$\bullet$}
+% \def\_{\texttt{\char"20}}
+% \begin{tabular}{ccc}
+% 1.& \verb*|XX\so{aaa bbb ccc}YY|&            \textsf{XXa\.a\.a\-b\.b\.b\-c\.c\.cYY}\\
+% 2.& \verb*|XX \so{aaa bbb ccc} YY|&          \textsf{XX\*a\.a\.a\-b\.b\.b\-c\.c\.c\*\kern-1ptYY}\\
+% 3.& \verb*|XX {\so{aaa bbb ccc}} YY|&        \textsf{XX\*a\.a\.a\-b\.b\.b\-c\.c\.c\*\kern-1ptYY}\\
+% 4.& \verb*|XX \null{\so{aaa bbb ccc}}{} YY|& \textsf{XX\_a\.a\.a\-b\.b\.b\-c\.c\.c\_YY}\\
+% \end{tabular}
+% \end{center}
+% ^^A* %                     fool vim (fixes syntax highlighting)
+%
+% \noindent
+% Case~1 shows how letterspacing macros (\cs{\so} and \cs{\caps}) behave if
+% they aren't following or followed by a space: they omit outer space around
+% the \soul\ statement. Case~2 is what you'll mostly need---letterspaced
+% text amidst running text. Following and leading space get replaced by
+% \syn{outer space}. It doesn't matter if there are opening braces before
+% or closing braces afterwards. \soul\ can see through both of them (case~3).
+% Note that leading space has to be at least |5sp| wide to be recognized as
+% space, because \LaTeX\ uses tiny spaces generated by |\hskip1sp| as marker.
+% Case~4 shows how to enforce normal spaces instead of \syn{outer spaces:}
+% Preceding space can be hidden by |\kern0pt| or \cs{\null} or any character.
+% Following space can also be hidden by any token, but note that a typical macro name
+% like \cs{\relax} or \cs{\null} would also hide the space thereafter.
+%
+%
+% The values are predefined for typesetting facsimiles mainly with
+% \emph{Fraktur} fonts.
+% You can define your own spacing
+% macros or overwrite the original \cs{\so} meaning using the macro
+% \describemacro{\sodef}:
+%
+% \begin{syntax}
+% |\sodef|\<cmd>|{|\<font>|}{|\<inter-letter space>|}{|\<inner space>|}{|\<outer space>|}|
+% \end{syntax}
+%
+% The space dimensions, all of which are mandatory, should be defined in terms of |em|
+% letting them grow and shrink with the respective fonts.
+%
+% \begin{example}
+% |\sodef\an{}{.4em}{1em plus1em}{2em plus.1em minus.1em}|
+% \end{example}
+%
+% After that you can type `|\an{example}|' to get
+% {\sodef\an{}{.4em}{1em plus1em}{2em plus.1em minus.1em}^^A
+% `\an{example}'.}
+% The \describemacro{\resetso} command resets \cs{\so}
+% to the default values.
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Some examples}
+%
+%^^A=====================================================
+% \begin{examples}
+%
+% \soultest{Ordinary text}
+%   |\so{electrical industry}|
+%   {\so{electrical industry}}
+%
+% \soultest{Use \texttt{\string\-} to mark hyphenation points}
+%   |\so{man\-u\-script}|
+%   {\so{man\-u\-script}}
+%
+% \soultest{Accents are recognized}
+%   |\so{le th\'e\^atre}|
+%   {\so{le th\'e\^atre}}
+%
+% \soultest{\texttt{\string\mbox} and \texttt{\string\hbox} protect material that
+%   contains hyphenation points. The contents are treated as one, unbreakable entity}
+%   |\so{just an \mbox{example}}|
+%   {\so{just an \mbox{example}}}
+%
+% \soultest{Punctuation marks are spaced out, if they are
+%   put into the group}
+%   |\so{inside.} \& \so{outside}.|
+%   {\so{inside.} \& \so{outside}.}
+%
+% \soultest{Space-out skips may be removed by typing \texttt{\string\<}.
+% It's, however, desirable to put the quotation marks out of
+% the argument}
+%   |\so{``\<Pennsylvania\<''}|
+%   {\so{``\<Pennsylvania\<''}}
+%
+% \soultest{Numbers should never be spaced out}
+%   |\so{1\<3 December {1995}}|
+%   {\so{1\<3 December {1995}}}
+%
+% \soultest{Explicit hyphens like |-|, |--| and |---| are recognized.
+%   \texttt{\string\slash} outputs a slash and enables \TeX\ to break the line
+%   afterwards}
+%   |\so{input\slash output}|
+%   {\so{input\slash output}}
+%
+% \soultest{To keep \TeX\ from breaking lines between the hyphen and `jet'
+%   you have to protect the hyphen. This is no \soul\ restriction
+%   but normal \TeX\ behavior}
+%   |\so{\dots and \mbox{-}jet}|
+%   {\so{\dots and \mbox{-}jet}}
+%
+% \soultest{The \texttt{\~} command inhibits line breaks}
+%   |\so{unbreakable~space}|
+%   {\so{unbreakable~space}}
+%
+% \soultest{\texttt{\string\\} works as usual. Additional arguments
+%   like \texttt{*} or vertical space are not accepted, though}
+%   |\so{broken\\line}|
+%   {\so{broken\\line}}
+%
+% \soultest{\texttt{\string\break} breaks the line without filling it with white space}
+%   |\so{pretty awful\break test}|
+%   {\so{pretty awful\break test}}
+%
+% \end{examples}
+%^^A=====================================================
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \subsection[Typesetting \caps{caps-and-small-caps} fonts]
+%       {Typesetting capitals-and-small-capitals fonts}
+%
+% There is a special letterspacing command called \describemacro{\caps},
+% which differs from \cs{\so} in that it switches to caps-and-small-caps
+% font shape, defines only slight spacing and is able to select spacing
+% value sets from a database. This is a requirement for high-quality
+% typesetting \cite{Tschichold}. The following lines show the effect
+% of \cs{\caps} in comparison with the normal textfont and with
+% small-capitals shape:
+%
+% \def\sampletext{DONAUDAMPFSCHIFFAHRTSGESELLSCHAFT}
+% \medskip\noindent
+% \begin{tabular}{rl}
+% |\normalfont|&\sampletext\\
+% |\scshape|&{\scshape\sampletext}\\
+% |\caps|&\caps\sampletext\\
+% ^^A|\person|&\person\sampletext\\
+% \end{tabular}
+%
+% \medbreak\noindent
+% The \cs{\caps} font database is by default empty, i.\,e., it contains
+% just a single default entry, which yields the result as shown in the
+% example above.
+% New font entries may be added \emph{on top} of this list using the \describemacro{\capsdef}
+% command, which takes five arguments: The first argument describes the font with
+% \emph{encoding, family, series, shape,} and \emph{size,}^^A
+% \footnote{as defined by the \caps{NFSS}, the ``New Font Selection Scheme''}
+% each optionally
+% (e.\,g.~|OT1/cmr/m/n/10| for this very font, or only |/ppl///12| for all
+% \emph{palatino} fonts at size 12\,pt). The \emph{size} entry may also contain
+% a size range (\texttt{5-10}), where zero is assumed for an omitted lower
+% boundary (\texttt{-10}) and a very, very big number for an omitted upper
+% boundary (\texttt{5-}). The
+% upper boundary is not included in the range, so, in the example below, all
+% fonts with sizes greater or equal 5\,pt and smaller than 15\,pt are accepted
+% ($5\,\mbox{pt}\le size<15\,\mbox{pt}$).
+% The second argument may contain font switching commands such as \cs{\scshape},
+% it may as well be empty or contain debugging commands (e.\,g.~|\message{*}|).
+% The remaining three, mandatory arguments are the spaces as described in
+% section~\ref{sec:so}.
+%
+% \begin{example}
+% |\capsdef{T1/ppl/m/n/5-15}{\scshape}{.16em}{.4em}{.2em}|
+% \end{example}
+%
+% The \cs{\caps} command goes through the data list from top to bottom
+% and picks up the first matching set, so the order of definition is essential.
+% The last added entry is examined first, while the pre-defined default entry
+% will be examined last and will match any font, if no entry was taken before.
+%
+% To override the default values, just define a new default entry using
+% the identifier |{////}|. This entry should be defined first, because no
+% entry after it can be reached.
+%
+% The \cs{\caps} database can be cleared with the \describemacro{\capsreset}
+% command and will only contain the default entry thereafter. The
+% \describemacro{\capssave} command saves the whole current database
+% under the given name. \describemacro{\capsselect} restores such a database.
+% This allows to predefine different groups of \cs{\caps} data sets:
+%
+% \begin{example}
+% |\capsreset|\\
+% |\capsdef{/cmss///12}{}{12pt}{23pt}{34pt}|\\
+% |\capsdef{/cmss///}{}{1em}{2em}{3em}|\\
+% |...|\\
+% |\capssave{wide}|\\
+% \end{example}
+% \indent
+% \begin{example}
+% |%---------------------------------------|\\
+% |\capsreset|\\
+% |\capsdef{/cmss///}{}{.1em}{.2em}{.3em}|\\
+% |...|\\
+% |\capssave{narrow}|\\
+% \end{example}
+% \indent
+% \begin{example}
+% |%---------------------------------------|\\
+% |{\capsselect{wide}|\\
+% |\title{\caps{Yet Another Silly Example}}|\\
+% |}|\\
+% \end{example}
+%
+% See the `|example.cfg|' file for a detailed example.
+% If you have defined a bunch of sets for different fonts and sizes,
+% you may lose control over what fonts are used by the package. With the
+% package option \DescribeOption{capsdefault}\option{capsdefault} selected,
+% \cs{\caps} prints its argument underlined, if no set was specified for a
+% particular font and the default set had to be used.
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Typesetting Fraktur}
+% \label{sec:fraktur}
+%
+% Black letter fonts^^A
+%^^A%%
+%   \footnote{See the great black letter fonts, which \person{Yannis Haralambous}
+%   kindly provided, and the \package{oldgerm} and \package{yfonts} package~\cite{yfonts}
+%   as their \LaTeX\ interfaces.}
+%^^A%%
+% deserve some additional considerations. As stated in section~\ref{sec:typesetting},
+% the ligatures |ch|, |ck|, |sz|~(\cs{\ss}), and~|tz| have to remain unbroken in spaced out
+% \emph{Fraktur} text.  This may look strange at first glance, but you'll get used to it:
+%
+% \begin{example}
+% |\textfrak{\so{S{ch}u{tz}vorri{ch}tung}}|
+% \end{example}
+%
+% You already know that grouping keeps the |soul| mechanism from separating such ligatures.
+% This is quite important for |s:|, |a*|, and~|"a|. As hyphenation is stronger than
+% grouping, especially the |sz| may cause an error, if hyphenation happens to occur between
+% the letters |s| and~|z|. (\TeX\ hyphenates the German word |auszer| wrongly like
+% |aus-zer| instead of like |au-szer|, because the German hyphenation patterns
+% do, for good reason, not see |sz| as `\cs{\ss}'.) In such cases you can protect tokens with the
+% sequence e.\,g.~|\mbox{sz}| or a properly defined command. The \cs{\ss} command,
+% which is defined by the \package{yfonts} package, and similar commands will suffice as well.
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Dirty tricks}
+% \label{sec:dirtytricks}
+%
+% Narrow columns are hard to set, because they don't allow much spacing
+% flexibility, hence long words often cause overfull boxes. A macro
+% could use \cs{\so} to insert stretchability between the single
+% characters. Table~\ref{tab:dirtytricks} shows some text typeset with such
+% a macro at the left side and under \emph{plain} conditions at
+% the right side, both with a width of~6\,pc.
+%
+% \def\sampletext{Some magazines and newspapers prefer this kind of spacing
+% because it reduces hyphenation problems to a minimum\<. Unfortunately\<, such
+% paragraphs aren't especially beautiful\<.}
+% \newbox\dirtytrick
+% \setbox\dirtytrick\vbox{
+% \batchmode     ^^A  we don't want to see all these overfull boxes ...
+% \leavevmode\hspace{0ptplus1fil}
+% \hbox{\parindent0pt\plainsetup\let\<\relax
+%   \vtop{\hsize6pc\raggedright\sampletext}\hskip1em
+%   \vtop{\hsize6pc\magstylepar\sampletext}\hskip1em
+%   \vtop{\hsize6pc\sampletext}\hss}
+% \errorstopmode}
+%
+% \begin{table}
+% \begin{center}
+% \overfullrule5pt
+% \usebox\dirtytrick
+% \caption{Ragged-right, magazine style (using \soul), and block-aligned
+%          in comparison. But, frankly, none of them is really acceptable.
+%          (Don't do this at home, children!)}
+% \label{tab:dirtytricks}
+% \end{center}
+% \end{table}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \section{\ul{Underlining}}
+%
+% The underlining macros are my answer to Prof.~\person{Knuth'{\normalfont s}}
+% exercise 18.26 from his \TeX{}book~\cite{DEK}. \texttt{:-)} Most of what
+% is said about the macro \describemacro{\ul} is also true of the
+% striking out macro \describemacro{\st} and the highlighting macro \describemacro{\hl},
+% both of which are in fact derived from the former.
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Settings}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Underline depth and thickness}
+%
+% The predefined \syn{underline depth} and \syn{thickness}
+% work well with most fonts. They can be changed using the macro \describemacro{\setul}.
+%
+% \begin{syntax}
+% |\setul{|\<underline depth>|}{|\<underline thickness>|}|
+% \end{syntax}
+%
+% Either dimension can be omitted, in which case there has to be
+% an empty pair of braces.
+% Both values should be defined in terms of |ex|, letting them
+% grow and shrink with the respective fonts.
+% The \describemacro{\resetul} command restores the standard values.
+%
+% Another way to set the \syn{underline depth} is to use the macro
+% \describemacro{\setuldepth}. It sets the depth such that the
+% underline's upper edge lies 1\,pt beneath the given argument's
+% deepest depth. If the argument is empty, all
+% letters---i.\,e.\ all characters whose \cs{\catcode} currently
+% equals 11---are taken. Examples:
+%
+% \begin{example}
+% |\setuldepth{ygp}|\\
+% |\setuldepth\strut|\\
+% |\setuldepth{}|\\
+% \end{example}
+%
+%
+%
+% \subsubsection{Line color}
+%
+% The underlines are by default black. The color can be changed by
+% using the \describemacro{\setulcolor} command. It takes one argument that can be any
+% of the color specifiers as described in the |color| package. This package
+% has to be loaded explicitly.
+%
+% \indent
+% \begin{example}
+% |\documentclass{article}|\\
+% |\usepackage{color,soul}|\\
+% |\definecolor{darkblue}{rgb}{0,0,0.5}|\\
+% |\setulcolor{darkblue}|\\
+% \end{example}
+%
+% \indent
+% \begin{example}
+% |\begin{document}|\\
+% |...|\\
+% |\ul{Cave: remove all the underlines!}|\\
+% |...|\\
+% |\end{document}|\\
+% \end{example}
+%
+%
+% The colors for overstriking lines and highlighting are likewise set
+% with \describemacro{\setstcolor} (default: black) and \describemacro{\sethlcolor}
+% (default: yellow). If the \package{color} package wasn't loaded,
+% underlining and overstriking color are black, while highlighting
+% is replaced by underlining.
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \subsubsection{The \program{dvips} problem}
+% \label{sec:dvips}
+%
+% \ul{Underlining}, \st{striking out} and highlighting build up
+% their lines with many short line segments. If you used the `\program{dvips}'
+% program with default settings, you would get little gaps on some places, because
+% the \emph{maxdrift} parameter allows the single objects to drift
+% this many pixels from their real positions.
+% \bigbreak
+%
+% \noindent
+% There are two ways to avoid the problem, where the \soul\ package
+% chooses the second by default:
+% \begin{enumerate}
+% \item
+%   Set the \emph{maxdrift} value to zero, e.\,g.: |dvips -e 0 file.dvi|.
+%   This is probably not a good idea, since the letters may then no longer be
+%   spaced equally on low resolution printers.
+% \item
+%   Let the lines stick out by a certain amount on each side so that they
+%   overlap. This overlap amount can be set using the \describemacro{\setuloverlap}
+%   command. It is set to 0.25\,pt by default. |\setuloverlap{0pt}| turns overlapping off.
+% \end{enumerate}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Some examples}
+%
+%^^A=====================================================
+% \begin{examples}
+%
+% \soultest{Ordinary text}
+%   |\ul{electrical industry}|
+%   {\ul{electrical industry}}
+%
+% \soultest{Use \texttt{\string\-} to mark hyphenation points}
+%   |\ul{man\-u\-script}|
+%   {\ul{man\-u\-script}}
+%
+% \soultest{Accents are recognized}
+%   |\ul{le th\'e\^atre}|
+%   {\ul{le th\'e\^atre}}
+%
+% \soultest{\texttt{\string\mbox} and \texttt{\string\hbox} protect material that
+%   contains hyphenation points. The contents are treated as one, unbreakable entity}
+%   |\ul{just an \mbox{example}}|
+%   {\ul{just an \mbox{example}}}
+%
+% \soultest{Explicit hyphens like |-|, |--| and |---| are recognized.
+%   \texttt{\string\slash} outputs a slash and enables \TeX\ to break the line
+%   afterwards}
+%   |\ul{input\slash output}|
+%   {\ul{input\slash output}}
+%
+% \soultest{To keep \TeX\ from breaking lines between the hyphen and `jet'
+%   you have to protect the hyphen. This is no \soul\ restriction
+%   but normal \TeX\ behavior}
+%   |\ul{\dots and \mbox{-}jet}|
+%   {\ul{\dots and \mbox{-}jet}}
+%
+% \soultest{The \texttt{\~} command inhibits line breaks}
+%   |\ul{unbreakable~space}|
+%   {\ul{unbreakable~space}}
+%
+% \soultest{\texttt{\string\\} works as usual. Additional arguments
+%   like \texttt{*} or vertical space are not accepted, though}
+%   |\ul{broken\\line}|
+%   {\ul{broken\\line}}
+%
+% \soultest{\texttt{\string\break} breaks the line without filling it with white space}
+%   |\ul{pretty awful\break test}|
+%   {\ul{pretty awful\break test}}
+%
+% \soultest{Italic correction needs to be set manually}
+%   |\ul{foo \emph{bar\/} baz}|
+%   {\ul{foo \emph{bar\/} baz}}
+%
+% \end{examples}
+%^^A=====================================================
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \section{Customization}
+%
+% \subsection{Adding accents}
+% \label{sec:soulaccent}
+%
+% The \soul\ scanner generally sees every input token separately.
+% It has to be taught that some tokens belong together. For accents this is done
+% by registering them via the \describemacro{\soulaccent} macro.
+%
+% \begin{syntax}
+% |\soulaccent{|\<accent command>|}|
+% \end{syntax}
+%
+% The standard accents, however, are already pre-registered:
+% |\`|, |\'|, |\^|, |\"|, |\~|, |\=|, |\.|, |\u|, |\v|, |\H|, |\t|,
+% |\c|, |\d|, |\b|, and |\r|. If used together with the \package{german}
+% package, \soul\ automatically adds the |"| command.
+% Let's assume you have defined |\%| to put some weird accent on
+% the next character. Simply put the following line into your |soul.cfg|
+% file (see section~\ref{sec:config}):
+%
+% \begin{example}
+% |\soulaccent{\%}|
+% \end{example}
+%
+% Note that active characters like the |"| command have already
+% to be \cs{\active} when they are stored or they won't be recognized
+% later. This can be done temporarily, as in |{\catcode\`"\active\soulaccent{"}}|.
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Adding font commands}
+% \label{sec:soulregister}
+%
+% To convince \soul\ not to feed font switching (or other)
+% commands to the analyzer, but rather to execute them immediately,
+% they have to be registered, too. The \describemacro{\soulregister} macro
+% takes the name of a command name and either |0| or |1| for the number
+% of arguments:
+%
+% \begin{syntax}
+% |\soulregister{|\<command name>|}{|\<number of arguments>|}|
+% \end{syntax}
+%
+% If \cs{\bf} and \cs{\emph} weren't already registered, you would
+% write the following into your |soul.cfg| configuration file:
+%
+% \begin{example}
+% |\soulregister{\bf}{0}        % {\bf foo}| \\
+% |\soulregister{\emph}{1}      % \emph{bar}|\\
+% \end{example}
+%
+%
+% All standard \TeX\ and \LaTeX\ font commands, as well as the
+% \package{yfonts} commands are already pre-registered:
+%
+% \begin{example}
+% |\em, \rm, \bf, \it, \tt, \sc, \sl, \sf, \emph, \textrm,|\\
+% |\textsf, \texttt, \textmd, \textbf, \textup, \textsl,|\\
+% |\textit, \textsc, \textnormal, \rmfamily, \sffamily,|\\
+% |\ttfamily, \mdseries, \upshape, \slshape, \itshape,|\\
+% |\scshape, \normalfont, \tiny, \scriptsize, \footnotesize,|\\
+% |\small, \normalsize, \large, \Large, \LARGE, \huge, \Huge,|\\
+% |\MakeUppercase, \textsuperscript, \footnote,|\\
+% |\textfrak, \textswab, \textgoth, \frakfamily,|\\
+% |\swabfamily, \gothfamily|\\
+% \end{example}
+%
+% You can also register other commands as fonts, so the
+% analyzer won't see them. This may be necessary for some
+% macros that \soul\ refuses to typeset correctly.
+% But note, that \cs{\so} and \cs{\caps} won't put their
+% letter-skips around then.
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Changing the internal font}
+% \label{sec:internalfont}
+%
+% The \soul\ package uses the |ectt1000| font while it analyzes
+% the syllables. This font is used, because it
+% has 256~mono-spaced characters without any kerning.
+% It belongs to \person{J\"org Knappen'\textrm{s}}
+% \caps{EC}-fonts, which should be part of every modern \TeX\ installation.
+% If \TeX\ reports ``\texttt{I can't find file `ectt1000'}'' you don't
+% seem to have this font installed. It is recommended that
+% you install at least the file |ectt1000.tfm| which has less than 1.4\,kB\null.
+% Alternatively, you can let the \soul\ package use the |cmtt10| font that
+% is part of any installation, or some other mono-spaced font:
+%
+% \begin{example}
+% |\font\SOUL@tt=cmtt10|
+% \end{example}
+%
+% Note, however, that \soul\ does only handle characters,
+% for which the internal font has a character with the same
+% character code. As |cmtt10| contains only characters with codes
+% 0 to~127, you can't typeset characters with codes 128 to~255.
+% These 8-bit character codes are used by many fonts with non-ascii
+% glyphs. So the |cmtt10| font will, for example, not work for |T2A|
+% encoded cyrillic characters.
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \subsection{The configuration file}
+% \label{sec:config}
+%
+% If you want to change the predefined settings or add new features,
+% then create a file named `|soul.cfg|' and put it in a directory, where \TeX\
+% can find it. This configuration file will then be loaded
+% at the end of the |soul.sty| file, so you may redefine
+% any settings or commands therein, select package options and even
+% introduce new ones. But if you intend to give
+% your documents to others, don't forget to give them the
+% required configuration files, too! That's how such a file
+% could look like:
+%
+% \indent
+% \begin{example}
+% |% define macros for logical markup|\\
+% |\sodef\person{\scshape}{0.125em}{0.4583em}{0.5833em}|\\
+% \\
+% |\sodef\SOUL@@@versal{\upshape}{0.125em}{0.4583em}{0.5833em}|\\
+% |\DeclareRobustCommand*\versal[1]{%|\\
+% |    \MakeUppercase{\SOUL@@@versal{#1}}%|\\
+% |}|\\
+% \end{example}
+%
+% \indent
+% \begin{example}
+% |% load the color package and set|\\
+% |% a different highlighting color|\\
+% |\RequirePackage{color}|\\
+% |\definecolor{lightblue}{rgb}{.90,.95,1}|\\
+% |\sethlcolor{lightblue}|\\
+% |\endinput|
+% \end{example}
+%
+% You can safely use the |\SOUL@@@| namespace for internal macros---it
+% won't be used by the \soul\ package in the future.
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \section{Miscellaneous}
+%
+% \subsection{Using \soul\ with other flavors of \TeX}
+% \label{sec:plain}
+%
+% This documentation describes how to use \soul\ together
+% with \LaTeXe, for which it is optimized. It works, however, with
+% all other flavors of \TeX, too. There are just some minor restrictions
+% for Non-\LaTeX\ use:
+%
+% The \cs{\caps} command doesn't use a database, it is only a dumb
+% definition with fixed values. It switches to \cs{\capsfont}, which---unless
+% defined explicitly like in the following example---won't really change
+% the used font at all. The commands \cs{\capsreset} and \cs{\capssave}
+% do nothing.
+%
+% \begin{example}
+% |\font\capsfont=cmcsc10|\\
+% |\caps{Tschichold}|\\
+% \end{example}
+%
+% None of the commands are made `robust', so they have to be
+% explicitly protected in fragile environments like in \cs{\write}
+% statements.
+% To make use of colored underlines or highlighting you have to
+% use the \package{color} package wrapper from \caps{CTAN}^^A
+% \footnote{\texttt{CTAN:/macros/plain/graphics/\char`\{miniltx.tex,color.tex\char`\}}},
+% instead of the \package{color} package directly:
+%
+% \begin{example}
+% |\input color|\\
+% |\input soul.sty|\\
+% |\hl{highlighted}|\\
+% |\bye|\\
+% \end{example}
+%
+% The \option{capsdefault} package option is mapped to a simple command
+% \describemacro{\capsdefault}.
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Using \soul\ commands for logical markup}
+% \label{sec:markup}
+%
+% It's generally a bad idea to use font style commands like \cs{\textsc}
+% in running text. There should always be some reasoning behind changing
+% the style, such as ``names of persons shall be typeset in a caps-and-small-caps
+% font''. So you declare in your text just that some words are the name of a
+% person, while you define in the preamble or, even better, in a separate
+% style file how to deal with persons:
+%
+% \begin{example}
+% |\newcommand*\person{\textsc}|\\
+% |...|\\
+% |``I think it's a beautiful day to go to the zoo and feed|\\
+% |the ducks. To the lions.'' --~\person{Brian Kantor}|\\
+% \end{example}
+%
+% It's quite simple to use \soul\ commands that way:
+%
+% \begin{example}
+% |\newcommand\comment*{\ul}             % or \let\comment=\ul|\\
+% |\sodef\person{\scshape}{0.125em}{0.4583em}{0.5833em}|\\
+% \end{example}
+%
+% Letterspacing commands like \cs{\so} and \cs{\caps} have to
+% check whether they are followed by white space, in which case
+% they replace that space by \syn{outer space}. Note that \soul\
+% does look through closing braces. Hence you can conveniently bury
+% a \soul\ command within another macro like in the following
+% example. Use any other token to hide following space if necessary,
+% for example the \cs{\null} macro.
+%
+% \begin{example}
+% |\DeclareRobustCommand*\versal[1]{%|\\
+% |    \MakeUppercase{\SOUL@@@versal{#1}}%|\\
+% |}|\\
+% |\sodef\SOUL@@@versal{\upshape}{0.125em}{0.4583em}{0.5833em}|\\
+% \end{example}
+%
+%
+% But what if the \soul\ command is for some reason not the last one
+% in that macro definition and thus cannot look ahead at the following token?
+%
+%
+% \begin{example}
+% |\newcommand*\somsg[1]{\so{#1}\message{#1}}|\\
+% |...|\\
+% |foo \somsg{bar} baz       % wrong spacing after `bar'!|\\
+% \end{example}
+%
+% In this case you won't get the following space replaced by \emph{outer space}
+% because when \soul\ tries to look ahead, it only sees the token
+% \cs{\message} and consequently decides that there is no space to replace.
+% You can get around this by explicitly calling the space scanner again.
+%
+% \begin{example}
+% |\newcommand*\somsg[1]{{%|\\
+% |    \so{#1}%|\\
+% |    \message{bar}%|\\
+% |    \let\\\SOUL@socheck|\\
+% |    \\%|\\
+% |}}|\\
+% \end{example}
+%
+% However, \cs{\SOUL@socheck} can't be used directly, because it would discard
+% any normal space. \cs{\\} doesn't have this problem.
+% The additional pair of braces avoids that its definition leaks out
+% of this macro. In the example above you could, of course, simply
+% have put \cs{\message} in front, so you hadn't needed to
+% use the scanner macro \cs{\SOUL@socheck} at all.
+%
+% Many packages do already offer logical markup commands that default
+% to some standard \LaTeX\ font commands or to \cs{\relax}. One example
+% is the \package{jurabib} package~\cite{jurabib}, which makes the use of
+% \soul\ a challenge. This package implements lots of
+% formatting macros. Let's have a look at one of them, \cs{\jbauthorfont},
+% which is used to typeset author names in citations.
+% The attempt to simply
+% define |\let\jbauthorfont\caps| fails, because the macro isn't directly
+% applied to the author name as in |\jbauthorfont{Don Knuth}|, but
+% to another command sequence: |\jbauthorfont{\jb@@author}|. Not even
+% \cs{\jb@@author} contains the name, but instead further commands that
+% at last yield the requested name. That's why we have to expand
+% the contents first. This is quite tricky, because we must not
+% expand too much, either. Fortunately, we can offer the contents
+% wrapped up in yet another macro, so that \soul\ knows that it has to
+% use its own macro expansion mechanism:
+%
+% \begin{example}
+% |\renewcommand*\jbauthorfont[1]{{%|\\
+% |    \def\x{#1}%|\\
+% |    \caps\x|\\
+% |}}|\\
+% \end{example}
+%
+% Some additional kerning after |\caps\x| wouldn't hurt, because
+% the look-ahead scanner is blinded by further commands that follow
+% in the \package{jurabib} package. Now we run into the next problem:
+% cited names may contain commands
+% that must not get expanded. We have to register them as special
+% command:
+%
+% \begin{example}
+% |\soulregister\jbbtasep{0}|\\
+% |...|\\
+% \end{example}
+%
+% But such registered commands bypass \soul's kernel and we don't
+% get the correct spacing before and afterwards. So we end up
+% redefining \cs{\jbbtasep}, whereby you should, of course, use
+% variables instead of numbers:
+%
+% \begin{example}
+% |\renewcommand*\jbbtasep{%|\\
+% |    \kern.06em|\\
+% |    \slash|\\
+% |    \hskip.06em|\\
+% |    \allowbreak|\\
+% |}|\\
+% \end{example}
+%
+% Another problem arises: bibliography entries that must not get
+% teared apart are supposed to be enclosed in additional braces.
+% This, however, won't work with \soul\ because of
+% \ref{par:Grouping hyphenatable material}. A simple trick will
+% get you around that problem: define a dummy command that only
+% outputs its argument, and register that command:
+%
+% \begin{example}
+% |\newcommand*\together[1]{#1}|\\
+% |\soulregister\together{1}|\\
+% \end{example}
+%
+% Now you can write ``|Author = {\together{Don Knuth}}|'' and
+% \package{jurabib} won't dare to reorder the parts of the name.
+% And what if some name shouldn't get letterspaced at all? Overriding
+% a conventional font style like \cs{\textbf} that was globally
+% set is trivial, you just have to specify the style that you
+% prefer in that very bibliography entry. In our example, if we
+% wanted to keep \soul\ from letterspacing a particular entry,
+% although they are all formatted by our \cs{\jbauthorfont}
+% and hence fed to \cs{\caps}, we'd use the following construction:
+%
+% \begin{example}
+% |Author = {\soulomit{\normalfont\huge Donald E. Knuth}}|\\
+% \end{example}
+%
+% The \package{jurabib} package is probably one of the more
+% demanding packages to collaborate with \soul. Everything else
+% can just become easier.
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Typesetting long words in narrow columns}
+% \label{sec:sloppyword}
+%
+% Narrow columns are best set |flushleft|, because not even the best
+% hyphenation algorithm can guarantee acceptable line breaks without
+% overly stretched spaces.
+% However, in some rare cases one may be \emph{forced} to typeset
+% block aligned. When typesetting in languages like German, where
+% there are really long words, the \describemacro{\sloppyword} macro
+% might help a little bit. It adds enough stretchability between the
+% single characters to make the hyphenation algorithm happy, but
+% is still not as ugly as the example in section~\ref{sec:dirtytricks}
+% demonstrates. In the following example the left column was typeset
+% as ``|Die \sloppyword{Donau...novelle} wird ...|'':
+%
+% \begin{center}
+% \def\word{Do\-nau\-dampf\-schiff\-fahrts\-ge\-sell\-schafts\-^^A
+%   ka\-pi\-t\"ans\-wit\-wen\-pen\-si\-ons\-ge\-setz\-no\-vel\-le}
+% \begin{minipage}{1.5in}
+% \plainsetup
+% Die
+% \expandafter\sloppyword\expandafter{\word}
+% wird mit sofortiger Wirkung au\ss er Kraft gesetzt.
+% \end{minipage}
+% \hspace{1em}
+% \batchmode
+% \begin{minipage}{1.5in}
+% \plainsetup
+% Die \word\ wird mit sofortiger Wirkung au\ss er Kraft gesetzt.
+% \end{minipage}
+% \errorstopmode
+% \end{center}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Using \soul\ commands in section headings}
+%
+% Letterspacing was often used for section titles in the past,
+% mostly centered and with a closing period. The following example
+% shows how to achieve this using the \package{titlesec}
+% package \cite{titlesec}:
+%
+% \begin{example}
+% |\newcommand*\periodafter[2]{#1{#2}.}|\\
+% |\titleformat{\section}[block]|\\
+% |    {\normalfont\centering}|\\
+% |    {\thesection.}|\\
+% |    {.66em}|\\
+% |    {\periodafter\so}|\\
+% |...|\\
+% |\section{Von den Maassen und Maassst\"aben}|\\
+% \end{example}
+%
+% \bigbreak
+% This yields the following output:
+%
+% \bigskip
+% \newbox\examplebox
+% \sbox\examplebox{
+% \begin{minipage}{.9\textwidth}
+% \small
+% \bigskip
+% \begin{center}
+% \so{1\<. Von den Maassen und Maassst\"aben}.
+% \bigskip
+% \end{center}
+% \end{minipage}}
+% \fbox{\usebox\examplebox}
+% \bigbreak
+%
+% \noindent
+% The \cs{\periodafter} macro adds a period to the title, but not to
+% the entry in the table of contents. It takes the name of a command as
+% argument, that shall be applied to the title, for example~\cs{\so}.
+% Here's a more complicated and complete example:
+%
+% \begin{example}
+% |\documentclass{article}|\\
+% |\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}|\\
+% |\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}|\\
+% |\usepackage{german,soul}|\\
+% |\usepackage[indentfirst]{titlesec}|\\
+% \end{example}
+%
+% \indent
+% \begin{example}
+% |\newcommand*\sectitle[1]{%|\\
+% |    \MakeUppercase{\so{#1}.}\\[.66ex]|\\
+% |    \rule{13mm}{.4pt}}|\\
+% |\newcommand*\periodafter[2]{#1{#2.}}|\\
+% \end{example}
+%
+% \indent
+% \begin{example}
+% |\titleformat{\section}[display]|\\
+% |    {\normalfont\centering}|\\
+% |    {\S. \thesection.}|\\
+% |    {2ex}|\\
+% |    {\sectitle}|\\
+% \end{example}
+%
+% \indent
+% \begin{example}
+% |\titleformat{\subsection}[block]|\\
+% |    {\normalfont\centering\bfseries}|\\
+% |    {\thesection.}|\\
+% |    {.66em}|\\
+% |    {\periodafter\relax}|\\
+% \end{example}
+%
+% \indent
+% \begin{example}
+% |\begin{document}|\\
+% |\section{Von den Maassen und Maassst\"aben}|\\
+% |\subsection{Das L\"angenmaass im Allgemeinen}|\\
+% \\
+% |Um L\"angen genau messen und vergleichen zu k\"onnen,|\\
+% |bedarf es einer gewissen, bestimmten Einheit, mit der|\\
+% |man untersucht, wie oft sie selbst, oder ihre Theile,|\\
+% |in der zu bestimmenden L\"ange enthalten sind.|\\
+% |...|\\
+% |\end{document}|
+% \end{example}
+%
+% \bigbreak
+% This example gives you roughly the following output,
+% which is a facsimile from~\cite{Muszynski}.
+%
+% \bigskip
+% \sbox\examplebox{
+% \begin{minipage}{.9\textwidth}
+% \small
+% \bigskip
+% \begin{center}
+% \S. 1.\\[2ex]
+% \so{VON DEN MAASSEN UND MAASSST\"ABEN}.\\[.66ex]
+% \rule{12mm}{.4pt}\\[1.66ex]
+% \textbf{1. Das L\"angenmaass im Allgemeinen.}\\[.66em]
+% \end{center}
+% \leavevmode\qquad
+% Um L\"angen genau messen und vergleichen zu k\"onnen,
+% bedarf es einer gewissen, bestimmten Einheit, mit der
+% man untersucht, wie oft sie selbst, oder ihre Theile,
+% in der zu bestimmenden L\"ange enthalten sind.
+% \bigskip
+% \end{minipage}}
+% \fbox{\usebox\examplebox}
+% \bigbreak
+%
+% \noindent
+% Note that the definition of \cs{\periodafter} decides if
+% the closing period shall be spaced out with the title (1), or
+% follow without space (2):
+%
+% \begin{example}
+% 1.\qquad|\newcommand*\periodafter[2]{#1{#2.}}|\\
+% 2.\qquad|\newcommand*\periodafter[2]{#1{#2}.}|\\
+% \end{example}
+%
+%
+%
+% \noindent
+% If you need to underline section titles, you can easily
+% do it with the help of the \package{titlesec} package. The following
+% example underlines the section title, but not the section
+% number:
+%
+% \begin{example}
+% |\titleformat{\section}|\\
+% |    {\LARGE\titlefont}|\\
+% |    {\thesection}|\\
+% |    {.66em}|\\
+% |    {\ul}|\\
+% \end{example}
+%
+% \noindent
+% The \cs{\titlefont} command is provided by the \caps{``\small{KOMA}}~script''
+% package. You can write |\normalfont\sffamily\bfseries| instead.
+% The following example does additionally underline the section number:
+%
+% \begin{example}
+% |\titleformat{\section}|\\
+% |    {\LARGE\titlefont}|\\
+% |    {\ul{\thesection{\kern.66em}}}|\\
+% |    {0pt}|\\
+% |    {\ul}|\\
+% \end{example}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \section{How the package works}
+%
+% \subsection{The kernel}
+% \so{Letterspacing,} \ul{underlining}, \st{striking out} and highlighting
+% use the same kernel. It lets a \emph{word scanner} run over the given argument,
+% which inspects every token. If a token is a command registered via \cs{\soulregister},
+% it is executed immediately. Other tokens are only counted and trigger some action
+% when a certain number is reached (quotes and dashes). Three subsequent `|-|', for example,
+% trigger |\SOUL@everyexhyphen{---}|. A third group leads to special actions,
+% like |\mbox| that starts reading-in a whole group to protect its contents and let them be
+% seen as one entity. All other tokens, mostly characters and digits, are collected in
+% a word register, which is passed to the analyzer, whenever a whole word was read in.
+%
+% The analyzer typesets the word in a 1\,sp ($=\frac1{65536}$\,pt) wide \cs{\vbox},
+% hence encouraging \TeX\ to break lines at every possible hyphenation point. It
+% uses the mono-spaced \cs{\SOUL@tt} font (|ectt1000|), so as to avoid any inter-character
+% kerning. Now the \cs{\vbox} is decomposed splitting off \cs{\hbox} after \cs{\hbox}
+% from the bottom. All boxes, each of which contains one syllable, are pushed onto a
+% stack, which is provided by \TeX's grouping mechanism. When returning from the
+% recursion, box after box is fetched from the stack, its width measured and fed to the
+%``reconstructor''.
+%
+% This reconstruction macro (\cs{\SOUL@dosyllable}) starts to read tokens
+% from the just analyzed word until the given syllable
+% width is obtained. This is repeated for each syllable. Every time the engine
+% reaches a relevant state, the corresponding driver macro is executed
+% and, if necessary, provided with some data. There is a macro that is
+% executed for each token, one for each syllable, one for each space etc\null.
+%
+% The engine itself doesn't know how to letterspace or to underline. It
+% just tells the selected driver about the structure of the given argument.
+% There's a default driver (\cs{\SOUL@setup}) that does only set the
+% interface macros to a reasonable default state, but doesn't really do anything.
+% Further drivers can safely inherit these settings and only need to
+% redefine what they want to change.
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \subsection{The interface}
+% \label{sec:interface}
+%
+% \subsubsection{The registers}
+%
+% The package offers eight interface macros that can be used to define
+% the required actions. Some of the macros receive data as macro parameter
+% or in special \emph{token} or \emph{dimen} registers. Here is a list of
+% all available registers:
+%
+% \begin{labeling}{\hspace{.36\hsize}}
+% \item[\texttt{\string\SOUL@token}]
+%   This token register contains the current token. It has to be used as |\the\SOUL@token|.
+%   The macro \cs{\SOUL@gettoken} reads the next token into \cs{\SOUL@token} and
+%   can be used in any interface macro. If you don't want to lose the old meaning,
+%   you have to save it explicitly. \cs{\SOUL@puttoken} pushes the token
+%   back into the queue, without changing \cs{\SOUL@token}. You can only
+%   put one token back, otherwise you get an error message.
+% \item[\texttt{\string\SOUL@lasttoken}]
+%   This token register contains the last token.
+% \item[\texttt{\string\SOUL@syllable}]
+%   This token register contains all tokens that were already collected for
+%   the current syllable. When used in \cs{\SOUL@everysyllable}, it
+%   contains the \emph{whole} syllable.
+% \item[\texttt{\string\SOUL@charkern}]
+%   This dimen register contains the kerning value between the current and the next character.
+%   Since most character pairs don't require a kerning value to be applied and the
+%   output in the logfile shouldn't be cluttered with |\kern0pt| it is
+%   recommended to write |\SOUL@setkern\SOUL@charkern|, which sets
+%   kerning for non-zero values only.
+% \item[\texttt{\string\SOUL@hyphkern}]
+%   This dimen register contains the kerning value between the current character
+%   and the hyphen character or, when used in \cs{\SOUL@everyexhyphen}, the
+%   kerning between the last character and the explicit hyphen.
+% \end{labeling}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \subsubsection{The interface macros}
+%
+% The following list describes each of the interface macros and which
+% registers it can rely on. The mark between label and description
+% will be used in section \ref{sec:interfaceexamples} to show when
+% the macros are executed. The addition |#1| means that the macro
+% takes one argument.
+%
+% \begin{labeling}{\hspace{.36\hsize}}
+% \def\m#1{\leavevmode\llap{\hbox to1em{\hss#1\hss}\hskip.7em}}
+% \item[\texttt{\string\SOUL@preamble}]\m{$P$}^^A
+%   executed once at the beginning
+% \item[\texttt{\string\SOUL@postamble}]\m{$E$}^^A
+%   executed once at the end
+% \item[\texttt{\string\SOUL@everytoken}]\m{$T$}^^A
+%   executed after scanning a token; It gets that
+%   token in \cs{\SOUL@token} and has to care for inserting
+%   the kerning value \cs{\SOUL@charkern} between this and the next character.
+%   To look at the next character, execute \cs{\SOUL@gettoken}, which
+%   replaces \cs{\SOUL@token} by the next token. This token has to
+%   be put back into the queue using \cs{\SOUL@puttoken}.
+% \item[\texttt{\string\SOUL@everysyllable}]\m{$S$}^^A
+%   This macro is executed after scanning a whole syllable. It gets the
+%   syllable in \cs{\SOUL@syllable}.
+% \item[\texttt{\string\SOUL@everyhyphen}]\m{$-$}^^A
+%   This macro is executed at every implicit hyphenation point.
+%   It is responsible for setting the hyphen and will likely do this
+%   in a \cs{\discretionary} statement. It has to care about the
+%   kerning values. The registers \cs{\SOUL@lasttoken}, \cs{\SOUL@syllable},
+%   \cs{\SOUL@charkern} and \cs{\SOUL@hyphkern} contain useful information.
+%   Note that \cs{\discretionary} inserts \cs{\exhyphenpenalty}
+%   if the first part of the discretionary is empty, and
+%   \cs{\hyphenpenalty} else.
+% \item[\texttt{\string\SOUL@everyexhyphen\#1}]\m{$=$}^^A
+%   This macro is executed at every explicit hyphenation point. The
+%   hyphen `character' (one of hyphen, en-dash, em-dash or \cs{\slash})
+%   is passed as parameter |#1|. A minimal implementation
+%   would be |{#1\penalty\exhyphenpenalty}|. The kerning value
+%   between the last character and the hyphen is passed in \cs{\SOUL@hyphkern},
+%   that between the hyphen and the next character in \cs{\SOUL@charkern}.
+%   The last syllable can be found in \cs{\SOUL@syllable}, the last
+%   character in \cs{\SOUL@lasttoken}.
+% \item[\texttt{\string\SOUL@everyspace\#1}]\m{\texttt{\char`\ }}^^A
+%   This macro is executed between every two words. It is responsible for
+%   setting the space. The engine submits a \cs{\penalty} setting as
+%   parameter |#1| that should be put in front of the space. The
+%   macro should at least do |{#1\space}|. Further information can be found in
+%   \cs{\SOUL@lasttoken} and \cs{\SOUL@syllable}. Note that this macro does not
+%   care for the leading and trailing space. This is the job of
+%   \cs{\SOUL@preamble} and \cs{\SOUL@postamble}.
+% \end{labeling}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \subsubsection{Some examples}
+% \label{sec:interfaceexamples}
+%
+% The above list's middle column shows a mark that indicates in the
+% following examples, when the respective macros are executed:\nopagebreak
+%
+% \begin{labeling}{\hspace{.36\hsize}}
+% \item[\normalfont\an{word}]
+%   \cs{\SOUL@everytoken}$^T$ is executed for every token. \cs{\SOUL@everysyllable}$^S$
+%   is \emph{additionally} executed for every syllable. You will mostly just
+%   want to use either of them.
+% \item[\normalfont\an{one two}]
+%   The macro |\SOUL@everyspace| is executed at every space within
+%   the \soul\ argument. It has to take one argument, that can either
+%   be empty or contain a penalty, that should be applied to the space.
+% \item[\normalfont\an{example}\kern-1em]
+%   The macro |\SOUL@everyhyphen| is executed at every possible
+%   implicit hyphenation point.
+% \item[\normalfont\an{beta-test}]
+%   Explicit hyphens trigger \cs{\SOUL@everyexhyphen}.
+% \end{labeling}
+%
+%
+%
+% \bigbreak
+% \noindent
+% It's only natural that these examples, too,
+% were automatically typeset by the |soul| package
+% using a special driver:
+%
+% \begin{example}
+% |\DeclareRobustCommand*\an{%|\\
+% |    \def\SOUL@preamble{$^{^P}$}%|\\
+% |    \def\SOUL@everyspace##1{##1\texttt{\char`\ }}%|\\
+% |    \def\SOUL@postamble{$^{^E}$}%|\\
+% |    \def\SOUL@everyhyphen{$^{^-}$}%|\\
+% |    \def\SOUL@everyexhyphen##1{##1$^{^=}$}%|\\
+% |    \def\SOUL@everysyllable{$^{^S}$}%|\\
+% |    \def\SOUL@everytoken{\the\SOUL@token$^{^T}$}%|\\
+% |    \def\SOUL@everylowerthan{$^{^L}$}%|\\
+% |    \SOUL@}|\\
+% \end{example}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \subsection{A driver example}
+%
+% Let's define a \soul\ driver that allows to typeset text
+% with a \cs{\cdot} at every potential hyphenation point. The name of
+% the macro shall be \cs{\sy} (for \emph{syllables}).
+% Since the \soul\ mechanism is highly fragile, we use the \LaTeX\
+% command \cs{\DeclareRobustCommand}, so that the \cs{\sy} macro
+% can be used even in section headings etc. The \cs{\SOUL@setup}
+% macro sets all interface macros to reasonable default definitions.
+% This could of course be done manually, too. As we won't
+% make use of \cs{\SOUL@everytoken} and \cs{\SOUL@postamble}
+% and both default to \cs{\relax}, anyway, we don't have to
+% define them here.
+%
+% \begin{example}
+% |\DeclareRobustCommand*\sy{%|\\
+% |    \SOUL@setup|\\
+% \end{example}
+%
+% We only set \cs{\lefthyphenmin} and \cs{\righthyphenmin} to zero
+% at the beginning. All changes are restored automatically,
+% so there's nothing to do at the end.
+%
+% \begin{example}
+% |    \def\SOUL@preamble{\lefthyphenmin=0 \righthyphenmin=0 }%|\\
+% \end{example}
+%
+% We only want simple spaces. Note that these are not provided
+% by default! \cs{\SOUL@everyspace} may get a penalty to be
+% applied to that space, so we set it before.
+%
+% \begin{example}
+% |    \def\SOUL@everyspace##1{##1\space}%|\\
+% \end{example}
+%
+% There's nothing to do for \cs{\SOUL@everytoken}, we rather let
+% \cs{\SOUL@everysyllable} handle a whole syllable at once.
+% This has the advantage, that we don't have to deal with
+% kerning values, because \TeX\ takes care of that.
+%
+% \begin{example}
+% |    \def\SOUL@everysyllable{\the\SOUL@syllable}%|\\
+% \end{example}
+%
+% The \TeX\ primitive \cs{\discretionary}
+% takes three arguments: 1.~pre-hyphen material
+% 2.~post-hyphen material, and 3.~no-hyphenation material.
+%
+% \begin{example}
+% |    \def\SOUL@everyhyphen{%|\\
+% |        \discretionary{%|\\
+% |            \SOUL@setkern\SOUL@hyphkern|\\
+% |            \SOUL@sethyphenchar|\\
+% |        }{}{%|\\
+% |            \hbox{\kern1pt$\cdot$}%|\\
+% |        }%|\\
+% |    }%|\\
+%\end{example}
+%
+% Explicit hyphens like dashes and slashes shall be set normally.
+% We just have to care for kerning. The hyphen has to be put in
+% a box, because, as \cs{\hyphenchar}, it would yield its own, internal
+% \cs{\discretionary}. We need to set ours instead, though.
+%
+% \begin{example}
+% |    \def\SOUL@everyexhyphen##1{%|\\
+% |        \SOUL@setkern\SOUL@hyphkern|\\
+% |        \hbox{##1}%|\\
+% |        \discretionary{}{}{%|\\
+% |            \SOUL@setkern\SOUL@charkern|\\
+% |        }%|\\
+% |    }%|\\
+% \end{example}
+%
+% Now that the interface macros are defined, we can start the scanner.
+%
+% \begin{example}
+% |    \SOUL@|\\
+% |}|\\
+% \end{example}
+%
+% \hyphenation{al-go-rithm lin-guists ex-cel-lent} ^^A correct?
+% \noindent
+% \emph{\sy{This little macro will hardly be good enough
+% for linguists, although it uses {\TeX's} excellent hyphenation algorithm,
+% but it is at least a nice alternative to the}} \cs{\showhyphens} \emph{\sy{command}.}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \section*{Acknowledgements}
+%
+% A big thank you goes to \person{Stefan Ulrich} for his tips and bug reports
+% during the development of versions 1.\lower2pt\hbox{*} and for his lessons on high quality
+% typesetting. The \cs{\caps} mechanism was very much influenced by his
+% suggestions. Thanks to \person{Alexander Shibakov} and \person{Frank Mittelbach,}
+% who sent me a couple of bug reports and feature requests, and finally encouraged
+% me to (almost) completely rewrite \soul. \person{Thorsten Manegold} contributed
+% a series of bug reports, helping to fix \soul's macro expander and hence making
+% it work together with the \package{jurabib} package.
+% Thanks to \person{Axel Reichert, Anshuman Pandey,} and \person{Peter Kreynin} for
+% detailed bug reports.
+% \person{Rowland McDonnel} gave useful hints for how to improve the documentation,
+% but I'm afraid he will still not be satisfied, and rightfully so. If only documentation
+% writing weren't that boring.~~\texttt{;-)}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{thebibliography}{00}
+% \raggedright
+%
+% \bibitem{jurabib}{\person{Berger, Jens:} \bibtitle{The jurabib package.} \CTAN-Archive, 2002, v0.52h.}
+%
+% \bibitem{titlesec}{\person{Bezos, Javier:} \bibtitle{The titlesec and titletoc package.}
+%   \CTAN-Archive, 1999, v2.1.}
+%
+% \bibitem{color}{\person{Carlisle, D. P.:} \bibtitle{The color package.} \CTAN-Archive, 1997, v1.0d.}
+%
+% \bibitem{Duden}{Duden, Volume 1. \bibtitle{Die Rechtschreibung.} Bibliographisches Institut,
+%   Mann\-heim--\hskip0pt Wien--Z\"urich, 1986, 19th~edition.}
+%
+% \bibitem{DEK}{\person{Knuth, Donald E.:} \bibtitle{The \TeX book.}
+%   Addison--Wesley Publishing Company, Reading/Massachusetts, 1989, 16th~edition.}
+%
+% \bibitem{Muszynski}{\person{Muszynski, Carl} and \person{P\v rihoda, Eduard:}
+%   \bibtitle{Die Terrainlehre in Verbindung mit der Darstellung, Beurtheilung und
+%   Beschreibung des Terrains vom milit\"arischen
+%   Standpunkte.}
+%   L.\,W.~Seidel \&\ Sohn, Wien, 1872.}
+%
+% \bibitem{Reglement}{Normalverordnungsblatt f\"ur das k.\,u.\,k.~Heer.
+%   \bibtitle{Exercier-Reglement f\"ur die k.\,u.\,k.~Cavallerie, I. Theil.}
+%   Wien, k.\,k.~Hof- und Staatsdruckerei, 1898, 4th~edition.}
+%
+% \bibitem{german}{\person{Raichle, Bernd:} \bibtitle{The german package.} \CTAN-Archive, 1998, v2.5e.}
+%
+% \bibitem{yfonts}{\person{Schmidt, Walter:} \bibtitle{Ein Makropaket f\"ur die gebrochenen
+%   Schriften.} \CTAN-Archive, 1998, v1.2.}
+%
+% \bibitem{Tschichold}{\person{Tschichold, Jan:} \bibtitle{Ausgew\"ahlte Aufs\"atze \"uber Fragen
+%   der Gestalt des Buches und der Typographie.} Birkh\"auser, Basel,
+%   1987, 2nd~edition.}
+%
+% \bibitem{Willberg}{\person{Willberg, Hans Peter} and \person{Forssmann, Friedrich:}
+%   \bibtitle{Lesetypographie.} H. Schmidt, Mainz, 1997.}
+%
+% \end{thebibliography}
+%
+%
+% \StopEventually{\addtocontents{toc}{\protect\end{multicols}}}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%^^A max 72 columns
+%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \section{The implementation}
+%
+% \subsection*{The package preamble}
+%
+% This piece of code makes sure that the package is only loaded
+% once. While this is guaranteed by \LaTeX, we have to do it
+% manually for all other flavors of \TeX.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*package>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\expandafter\ifx\csname SOUL@\endcsname\relax\else
+    \expandafter\endinput
+\fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \noindent
+% Fake some of the \LaTeX\ commands if we were loaded by another flavor
+% of \TeX. This might break some previously loaded packages, though,
+% if e.\,g.~\cs{\mbox} was already in use. But we don't care \dots
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifx\documentclass\SOULundefined
+    \chardef\atcode=\catcode`@
+    \catcode`\@=11
+    \def\DeclareRobustCommand*{\def}
+    \let\newcommand\DeclareRobustCommand
+    \def\DeclareOption#1#2{\expandafter\def\csname#1\endcsname{#2}}
+    \def\PackageError#1#2#3{{%
+        \newlinechar`^^J%
+        \errorcontextlines\z@
+        \edef\\{\errhelp{#3}}\\%
+        \errmessage{Package #1 error: #2}%
+    }}
+    \def\@height{height}
+    \def\@depth{depth}
+    \def\@width{width}
+    \def\@plus{plus}
+    \def\@minus{minus}
+    \font\SOUL@tt=ectt1000
+    \let\@xobeysp\space
+    \let\linebreak\break
+    \let\mbox\hbox
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \noindent
+% \soul\ tries to be a good \LaTeX\ citizen if used under \LaTeX\ and
+% declares itself properly. Most command sequences in the package
+% are protected by the |SOUL@| namespace, all other macros are first
+% defined to be empty. This will give us an error message \emph{now}
+% if one of those was already used by another package.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\else
+    \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+    \ProvidesPackage{soul-ori}
+        [2023-02-18 v3.0 letterspacing/underlining  (mf)]
+    \newfont\SOUL@tt{ectt1000}
+    \newcommand*\sodef{}
+    \newcommand*\resetso{}
+    \newcommand*\capsdef{}
+    \newcommand*\capsfont{}
+    \newcommand*\setulcolor{}
+    \newcommand*\setuloverlap{}
+    \newcommand*\setul{}
+    \newcommand*\resetul{}
+    \newcommand*\setuldepth{}
+    \newcommand*\setstcolor{}
+    \newcommand*\sethlcolor{}
+    \newcommand*\so{}
+    \newcommand*\ul{}
+    \newcommand*\st{}
+    \newcommand*\hl{}
+    \newcommand*\caps{}
+    \newcommand*\soulaccent{}
+    \newcommand*\soulregister{}
+    \newcommand*\soulfont{}
+    \newcommand*\soulomit{}
+\fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \noindent
+% Other packages wouldn't be happy if we reserved piles of \cs{\newtoks} and
+% \cs{\newdimen}, so we try to get away with their \cs{\...def} counterparts
+% where possible.
+% Local registers are always even, while global ones are odd---this is a
+% \TeX\ convention.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newtoks\SOUL@word
+\newtoks\SOUL@lasttoken
+\newtoks\SOUL@syllable
+\newtoks\SOUL@cmds
+\newtoks\SOUL@buffer
+\newtoks\SOUL@token
+\newdimen\SOUL@syllgoal
+\newdimen\SOUL@syllwidth
+\newdimen\SOUL@charkern
+\newdimen\SOUL@hyphkern
+\newdimen\SOUL@dimen
+\newdimen\SOUL@dimeni
+\newcount\SOUL@minus
+\newcount\SOUL@comma
+\newcount\SOUL@apo
+\newcount\SOUL@grave
+\newskip\SOUL@spaceskip
+\newif\ifSOUL@ignorespaces
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% ^^A\FIXME{\newpage}
+% \begin{macro}{\soulomit}
+% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@ignorem}
+% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@ignore}
+% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@stopm}
+% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@stop}
+% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@relaxm}
+% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@lowerthanm}
+% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@hyphenhintm}
+% These macros are used as markers. To be able to check for such a
+% marker with \cs{\ifx} we have also to create a macro that contains
+% the marker. \cs{\SOUL@spc} shall contain a normal space with a
+% \cs{\catcode} of~10.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\soulomit#1{#1}
+\def\SOUL@stopM{\SOUL@stop}
+\let\SOUL@stop\relax
+\def\SOUL@lowerthan{}
+\def\SOUL@lowerthanM{\<}
+\def\SOUL@hyphenhintM{\-}
+\def\SOUL@n*{\let\SOUL@spc= }\SOUL@n* %
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \subsection{The kernel}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@}
+% This macro is the entry to \soul. Using it does only make
+% sense after setting up a \soul\ driver. The next token after
+% the \soul\ command will be assigned to \cs{\SOUL@@}. This can be
+% some text enclosed in braces, or the name of a macro that contains text.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\SOUL@{%
+    \futurelet\SOUL@@\SOUL@expand
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@expand}
+% If the first token after the \soul\ command was an opening
+% brace we start scanning. Otherwise,
+% if the first token was a macro name, we expand that macro and
+% call \cs{\SOUL@} with its contents again. Unfortunately, we have to
+% exclude some macros therein from expansion.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\SOUL@expand{%
+    \ifcat\bgroup\noexpand\SOUL@@
+        \let\SOUL@n\SOUL@start
+    \else
+        \bgroup
+            \def\\##1##2{\def##2{\noexpand##2}}%
+            \the\SOUL@cmds
+            \SOUL@buffer={%
+                \\\TeX\\\LaTeX\\\soulomit\\\mbox\\\hbox\\\textregistered
+                \\\slash\\\textcircled\\\copyright\\\S\\\,\\\<\\\>\\~%
+                \\\\%
+            }%
+            \def\\##1{\def##1{\noexpand##1}}%
+            \the\SOUL@buffer
+            \let\protect\noexpand
+            \xdef\SOUL@n##1{\noexpand\SOUL@start{\SOUL@@}}%
+        \egroup
+    \fi
+    \SOUL@n
+}
+\long\def\SOUL@start#1{{%
+    \let\<\SOUL@lowerthan
+    \let\>\empty
+    \def\soulomit{\noexpand\soulomit}%
+    \gdef\SOUL@eventuallyexhyphen##1{}%
+    \let\SOUL@soeventuallyskip\relax
+    \SOUL@spaceskip=\fontdimen\tw@\font\@plus\fontdimen\thr@@\font
+        \@minus\fontdimen4\font
+    \SOUL@ignorespacesfalse
+    \leavevmode
+    \SOUL@preamble
+    \SOUL@lasttoken={}%
+    \SOUL@word={}%
+    \SOUL@minus\z@
+    \SOUL@comma\z@
+    \SOUL@apo\z@
+    \SOUL@grave\z@
+    \SOUL@do{#1}%
+    \SOUL@postamble
+}}
+\long\def\SOUL@do#1{%
+    \SOUL@scan#1\SOUL@stop
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \subsection{The scanner}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@scan}
+% This is the entry point for the scanner. It calls \cs{\SOUL@eval}
+% and will in turn be called by \cs{\SOUL@eval} again for every
+% new token to be scanned.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\SOUL@scan{%
+    \futurelet\SOUL@@\SOUL@eval
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@eval}
+% And here it is: the scanner's heart. It cares for quotes and dashes
+% ligatures and handles all commands that must not be fed to the
+% analyzer.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\SOUL@eval{%
+    \def\SOUL@n*##1{\SOUL@scan}%
+    \if\noexpand\SOUL@@\SOUL@spc
+    \else
+        \SOUL@ignorespacesfalse
+    \fi
+    \ifnum\SOUL@minus=\thr@@
+        \SOUL@flushminus
+    \else\ifnum\SOUL@comma=\tw@
+        \SOUL@flushcomma
+    \else\ifnum\SOUL@apo=\tw@
+        \SOUL@flushapo
+    \else\ifnum\SOUL@grave=\tw@
+        \SOUL@flushgrave
+    \fi\fi\fi\fi
+    \ifx\SOUL@@-\else\SOUL@flushminus\fi
+    \ifx\SOUL@@,\else\SOUL@flushcomma\fi
+    \ifx\SOUL@@'\else\SOUL@flushapo\fi
+    \ifx\SOUL@@`\else\SOUL@flushgrave\fi
+    \ifx\SOUL@@-%
+        \advance\SOUL@minus\@ne
+    \else\ifx\SOUL@@,%
+        \advance\SOUL@comma\@ne
+    \else\ifx\SOUL@@'%
+        \advance\SOUL@apo\@ne
+    \else\ifx\SOUL@@`%
+        \advance\SOUL@grave\@ne
+    \else
+        \SOUL@flushminus
+        \SOUL@flushcomma
+        \SOUL@flushapo
+        \SOUL@flushgrave
+        \ifx\SOUL@@\SOUL@stop
+            \def\SOUL@n*{%
+                \SOUL@doword
+                \SOUL@eventuallyexhyphen\null
+            }%
+        \else\ifx\SOUL@@\par
+            \def\SOUL@n*\par{\par\leavevmode\SOUL@scan}%
+        \else\if\noexpand\SOUL@@\SOUL@spc
+            \SOUL@doword
+            \SOUL@eventuallyexhyphen\null
+            \ifSOUL@ignorespaces
+            \else
+                \SOUL@everyspace{}%
+            \fi
+            \def\SOUL@n* {\SOUL@scan}%
+        \else\ifx\SOUL@@\\%
+            \SOUL@doword
+            \SOUL@eventuallyexhyphen\null
+            \SOUL@everyspace{\unskip\nobreak\hfil\break}%
+            \SOUL@ignorespacestrue
+        \else\ifx\SOUL@@~%
+            \SOUL@doword
+            \SOUL@eventuallyexhyphen\null
+            \SOUL@everyspace{\nobreak}%
+        \else\ifx\SOUL@@\slash
+            \SOUL@doword
+            \SOUL@eventuallyexhyphen{/}%
+            \SOUL@exhyphen{/}%
+        \else\ifx\SOUL@@\mbox
+            \def\SOUL@n*{\SOUL@addprotect}%
+        \else\ifx\SOUL@@\hbox
+            \def\SOUL@n*{\SOUL@addprotect}%
+        \else\ifx\SOUL@@\soulomit
+            \def\SOUL@n*\soulomit##1{%
+                \SOUL@doword
+                {\spaceskip\SOUL@spaceskip##1}%
+                \SOUL@scan
+            }%
+        \else\ifx\SOUL@@\break
+            \SOUL@doword
+            \break
+        \else\ifx\SOUL@@\linebreak
+            \SOUL@doword
+            \SOUL@everyspace{\linebreak}%
+        \else\ifcat\bgroup\noexpand\SOUL@@
+            \def\SOUL@n*{\SOUL@addgroup{}}%
+        \else\ifcat$\noexpand\SOUL@@
+            \def\SOUL@n*{\SOUL@addmath}%
+        \else
+            \def\SOUL@n*{\SOUL@dotoken}%
+        \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
+    \fi\fi\fi\fi
+    \SOUL@n*%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@flushminus}
+% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@flushcomma}
+% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@flushapo}
+% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@flushgrave}
+% As their names imply, these macros flush special tokens or token
+% groups to the word register. They don't do anything if the respective
+% counter equals zero. \cs{\SOUL@minus} does also flush the word
+% register, because hyphens disturb the analyzer.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\SOUL@flushminus{%
+    \ifcase\SOUL@minus
+    \else
+        \SOUL@doword
+        \SOUL@eventuallyexhyphen{-}%
+        \ifcase\SOUL@minus
+        \or
+            \SOUL@exhyphen{-}%
+        \or
+            \SOUL@exhyphen{--}%
+        \or
+            \SOUL@exhyphen{---}%
+        \fi
+        \SOUL@minus\z@
+    \fi
+}
+\def\SOUL@flushcomma{%
+    \ifcase\SOUL@comma
+    \or
+        \edef\x{\SOUL@word={\the\SOUL@word,}}\x
+    \or
+        \edef\x{\SOUL@word={\the\SOUL@word{{,,}}}}\x
+    \fi
+    \SOUL@comma\z@
+}
+\def\SOUL@flushapo{%
+    \ifcase\SOUL@apo
+    \or
+        \edef\x{\SOUL@word={\the\SOUL@word'}}\x
+    \or
+        \edef\x{\SOUL@word={\the\SOUL@word{{''}}}}\x
+    \fi
+    \SOUL@apo\z@
+}
+\def\SOUL@flushgrave{%
+    \ifcase\SOUL@grave
+    \or
+        \edef\x{\SOUL@word={\the\SOUL@word`}}\x
+    \or
+        \edef\x{\SOUL@word={\the\SOUL@word{{``}}}}\x
+    \fi
+    \SOUL@grave\z@
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@dotoken}
+% Command sequences from the \cs{\SOUL@cmds} list are handed over
+% to \cs{\SOUL@docmd}, everything else is added to \cs{\SOUL@word},
+% which will be fed to the analyzer every time a word is completed.
+% Since \emph{robust} commands come with an additional space, we
+% have also to examine if there's a space variant. Otherwise we
+% couldn't detect pre-expanded formerly robust commands.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\SOUL@dotoken#1{%
+    \def\SOUL@@{\SOUL@addtoken{#1}}%
+    \def\\##1##2{%
+        \edef\SOUL@x{\string#1}%
+        \edef\SOUL@n{\string##2}%
+        \ifx\SOUL@x\SOUL@n
+            \def\SOUL@@{\SOUL@docmd{##1}{#1}}%
+        \else
+            \edef\SOUL@n{\string##2\space}%
+            \ifx\SOUL@x\SOUL@n
+                \def\SOUL@@{\SOUL@docmd{##1}{#1}}%
+            \fi
+        \fi
+    }%
+    \the\SOUL@cmds
+    \SOUL@@
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@docmd}
+% Here we deal with commands that were registered with \cs{\soulregister}
+% or \cs{\soulaccent} or were already predefined in \cs{\SOUL@cmds}.
+% Commands with identifier |9| are accents that are put in a
+% group with their argument. Identifier |8| is reserved for the \cs{\footnote}
+% command, and |7| for the \cs{\textsuperscript} or similar commands.
+% The others are mostly (but not necessarily)
+% font switching commands, which may (|1|) or may not (|0|) take
+% an argument. A registered command leads to the current word
+% buffer being flushed to the analyzer, after which the command
+% itself is executed.
+%
+% Font switching commands which take an argument need special
+% treatment: They need to increment the level counter, so that
+% \cs{\SOUL@eval} knows where to stop scanning. Furthermore the
+% scanner has to be enabled to see the next token after the opening
+% brace.
+%
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\SOUL@docmd#1#2{%
+    \ifx9#1%
+        \def\SOUL@@{\SOUL@addgroup{#2}}%
+    \else\ifx8#1%
+        \SOUL@doword
+        \def\SOUL@@##1{%
+            \SOUL@token={\footnotemark}%
+            \SOUL@everytoken
+            \SOUL@syllable={\footnotemark}%
+            \SOUL@everysyllable
+            \footnotetext{##1}%
+            \SOUL@doword
+            \SOUL@scan
+        }%
+    \else\ifx7#1%
+        \SOUL@doword
+        \def\SOUL@@##1{%
+            \SOUL@token={#2{##1}}%
+            \SOUL@everytoken
+            \SOUL@syllable={#2{##1}}%
+            \SOUL@everysyllable
+            \SOUL@doword
+            \SOUL@scan
+        }%
+    \else\ifx1#1%
+        \SOUL@doword
+        \def\SOUL@@##1{%
+            #2{\protect\SOUL@do{##1}}%
+            \SOUL@scan
+        }%
+    \else
+        \SOUL@doword
+        #2%
+        \let\SOUL@@\SOUL@scan
+    \fi\fi\fi\fi
+    \SOUL@@
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@addgroup}
+% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@addmath}
+% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@addprotect}
+% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@addtoken}
+% The macro names say it all. Each of these macros adds some
+% token to the word buffer \cs{\SOUL@word}. Setting \cs{\protect}
+% is necessary to make things like |\so{{a\itshape b}}| work.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\SOUL@addgroup#1#2{%
+    {\let\protect\noexpand
+    \edef\x{\global\SOUL@word={\the\SOUL@word{{\noexpand#1#2}}}}\x}%
+    \SOUL@scan
+}
+\def\SOUL@addmath$#1${%
+    {\let\protect\noexpand
+    \edef\x{\global\SOUL@word={\the\SOUL@word{{\hbox{$#1$}}}}}\x}%
+    \SOUL@scan
+}
+\def\SOUL@addprotect#1#2{%
+    {\let\protect\noexpand
+    \edef\x{\global\SOUL@word={\the\SOUL@word{{\hbox{#2}}}}}\x}%
+    \SOUL@scan
+}
+\def\SOUL@addtoken#1{%
+    \edef\x{\SOUL@word={\the\SOUL@word\noexpand#1}}\x
+    \SOUL@scan
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@exhyphen}
+% Dealing with explicit hyphens can't be done before we know the
+% following character, because we need to know if a kerning value
+% has to be inserted, hence we delay the \cs{\SOUL@everyexhyphen} call.
+% Unfortunately, the word scanner has no look-ahead mechanism.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\SOUL@exhyphen#1{%
+    \SOUL@getkern{\the\SOUL@lasttoken}{\SOUL@hyphkern}{#1}%
+    \gdef\SOUL@eventuallyexhyphen##1{%
+        \SOUL@getkern{#1}{\SOUL@charkern}{##1}%
+        \SOUL@everyexhyphen{#1}%
+        \gdef\SOUL@eventuallyexhyphen####1{}%
+    }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@cmds}
+% Here is a list of pre-registered commands that the analyzer
+% cannot handle, so the scanner has to look after them. Every
+% entry consists of a handle (\cs{\\}), an identifier and the
+% macro name. The class identifier can be |9| for accents,
+% |8| for the \cs{\footnote} command, |7| for the
+% \cs{\textsuperscript} command,
+% |0| for commands without arguments and |1| for commands that
+% take one argument. Commands with two or more arguments are
+% not supported.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\SOUL@cmds={%
+    \\9\`\\9\'\\9\^\\9\"\\9\~\\9\=\\9\.%
+    \\9\u\\9\v\\9\H\\9\t\\9\c\\9\d\\9\b\\9\r
+    \\1\emph\\1\textrm\\1\textsf\\1\texttt\\1\textmd\\1\textbf
+    \\1\textup\\1\textsl\\1\textit\\1\textsc\\1\textnormal
+    \\0\rmfamily\\0\sffamily\\0\ttfamily\\0\mdseries\\0\upshape
+    \\0\slshape\\0\itshape\\0\scshape\\0\normalfont
+    \\0\em\\0\rm\\0\bf\\0\it\\0\tt\\0\sc\\0\sl\\0\sf
+    \\0\tiny\\0\scriptsize\\0\footnotesize\\0\small
+    \\0\normalsize\\0\large\\0\Large\\0\LARGE\\0\huge\\0\Huge
+    \\1\MakeUppercase\\7\textsuperscript\\8\footnote
+    \\1\textfrak\\1\textswab\\1\textgoth
+    \\0\frakfamily\\0\swabfamily\\0\gothfamily
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\soulregister}
+% \begin{macro}{\soulfont}
+% \begin{macro}{\soulaccent}
+% Register a font switching command (or some other command) for the
+% scanner. The first argument is the macro name, the second is
+% the number of arguments (|0|~or~|1|). Example: |\soulregister{\bold}{0}|.
+% \cs{\soulaccent} has only one argument---the accent macro name.
+% Example: |\soulaccent{\~}|. It is a shortcut for |\soulregister{\~}{9}|.
+% The \cs{\soulfont} command is a synonym for \cs{\soulregister}
+% and is kept for compatibility reasons.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\soulregister#1#2{{%
+    \edef\x{\global\SOUL@cmds={\the\SOUL@cmds
+        \noexpand\\#2\noexpand#1}}\x
+}}
+\def\soulaccent#1{\soulregister{#1}9}
+\let\soulfont\soulregister
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \subsection{The analyzer}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@doword}
+% The only way to find out, where a given word can be broken into
+% syllables, is to let \TeX\ actually typeset the word under conditions
+% that enforce every possible hyphenation. The result is a paragraph with one
+% line for every syllable.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\SOUL@doword{%
+    \edef\x{\the\SOUL@word}%
+    \ifx\x\empty
+    \else
+        \SOUL@buffer={}%
+        \setbox\z@\vbox{%
+            \SOUL@tt
+            \hyphenchar\font`\-
+            \hfuzz\maxdimen
+            \hbadness\@M
+            \pretolerance\m@ne
+            \tolerance\@M
+            \leftskip\z@
+            \rightskip\z@
+            \hsize1sp
+            \everypar{}%
+            \parfillskip\z@\@plus1fil
+            \hyphenpenalty-\@M
+            \noindent
+            \hskip\z@
+            \relax
+            \the\SOUL@word}%
+        \let\SOUL@errmsg\SOUL@error
+        \let\-\relax
+        \count@\m@ne
+        \SOUL@analyze
+        \SOUL@word={}%
+    \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \noindent
+% We store the hyphen width of the |ectt1000| font,
+% because we will need it in |\SOUL@doword|. (|ectt1000| is a mono-spaced
+% font, so every other character would have worked, too.)
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\setbox\z@\hbox{\SOUL@tt-}
+\newdimen\SOUL@ttwidth
+\SOUL@ttwidth\wd\z@
+\def\SOUL@sethyphenchar{%
+    \ifnum\hyphenchar\font=\m@ne
+    \else
+        \char\hyphenchar\font
+    \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@analyze}
+% This macro decomposes the box that |\SOUL@doword| has built.
+% Because we have to start at the bottom, we put every
+% syllable onto the stack and execute ourselves recursively. If there
+% are no syllables left, we return from the recursion and pick syllable
+% after syllable from the stack again---this time from top to bottom---and
+% hand the syllable width |\SOUL@syllgoal| over to |\SOUL@dosyllable|.
+% All but the last syllable end with the hyphen character, hence
+% we subtract the hyphen width accordingly. After processing a
+% syllable we calculate the hyphen kern (i.\,e.~the kerning amount
+% between the last character and the hyphen). This might be needed
+% by \cs{\SOUL@everyhyphen}, which we call now.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\SOUL@analyze{{%
+    \setbox\z@\vbox{%
+        \unvcopy\z@
+        \unskip
+        \unpenalty
+        \global\setbox\@ne=\lastbox}%
+    \ifvoid\@ne
+    \else
+        \setbox\@ne\hbox{\unhbox\@ne}%
+        \SOUL@syllgoal=\wd\@ne
+        \advance\count@\@ne
+        \SOUL@analyze
+        \SOUL@syllwidth\z@
+        \SOUL@syllable={}%
+        \ifnum\count@>\z@
+            \advance\SOUL@syllgoal-\SOUL@ttwidth
+            \SOUL@dosyllable
+            \SOUL@getkern{\the\SOUL@lasttoken}{\SOUL@hyphkern}%
+                {\SOUL@sethyphenchar}%
+            \SOUL@everyhyphen
+        \else
+            \SOUL@dosyllable
+        \fi
+    \fi
+}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@dosyllable}
+% This macro typesets token after token from \cs{\SOUL@word}
+% until \cs{\SOUL@syllwidth} has reached
+% the requested width \cs{\SOUL@syllgoal}. Furthermore the kerning
+% values are prepared in case \cs{\SOUL@everytoken} needs them.
+% The \cs{\<} command used by \cs{\so} and \cs{\caps} needs some
+% special treatment: It has to be checked for, even before
+% we can end a syllable.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\SOUL@dosyllable{%
+    \SOUL@gettoken
+    \SOUL@eventuallyexhyphen{\the\SOUL@token}%
+    \edef\x{\the\SOUL@token}%
+    \ifx\x\SOUL@hyphenhintM
+        \let\SOUL@n\SOUL@dosyllable
+    \else\ifx\x\SOUL@lowerthanM
+        \SOUL@gettoken
+        \SOUL@getkern{\the\SOUL@lasttoken}{\SOUL@charkern}
+            {\the\SOUL@token}%
+        \SOUL@everylowerthan
+        \SOUL@puttoken
+        \let\SOUL@n\SOUL@dosyllable
+    \else\ifdim\SOUL@syllwidth=\SOUL@syllgoal
+        \SOUL@everysyllable
+        \SOUL@puttoken
+        \let\SOUL@n\relax
+    \else\ifx\x\SOUL@stopM
+        \SOUL@errmsg
+        \global\let\SOUL@errmsg\relax
+        \let\SOUL@n\relax
+    \else
+        \setbox\tw@\hbox{\SOUL@tt\the\SOUL@token}%
+        \advance\SOUL@syllwidth\wd\tw@
+        \global\SOUL@lasttoken=\SOUL@token
+        \SOUL@gettoken
+        \SOUL@getkern{\the\SOUL@lasttoken}{\SOUL@charkern}
+            {\the\SOUL@token}%
+        \SOUL@puttoken
+        \global\SOUL@token=\SOUL@lasttoken
+        \SOUL@everytoken
+        \edef\x{\SOUL@syllable={\the\SOUL@syllable\the\SOUL@token}}\x
+        \let\SOUL@n\SOUL@dosyllable
+    \fi\fi\fi\fi
+    \SOUL@n
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@gettoken}
+% Provide the next token in \cs{\SOUL@token}. If there's already one
+% in the buffer, use that one first.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\SOUL@gettoken{%
+    \edef\x{\the\SOUL@buffer}%
+    \ifx\x\empty
+        \SOUL@nexttoken
+    \else
+        \global\SOUL@token=\SOUL@buffer
+        \global\SOUL@buffer={}%
+    \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@puttoken}
+% The possibility to put tokens back makes the scanner design much
+% cleaner. There's only room for one token, though, so we issue
+% an error message if \cs{\SOUL@puttoken} is told to put a token
+% back while the buffer is still in use. Note that \cs{\SOUL@debug}
+% is actually undefined. This won't hurt as it can only happen
+% during driver design. No user will ever see this message.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\SOUL@puttoken{%
+    \edef\x{\the\SOUL@buffer}%
+    \ifx\x\empty
+        \global\SOUL@buffer=\SOUL@token
+        \global\SOUL@token={}%
+    \else
+        \SOUL@debug{puttoken called twice}%
+    \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@nexttoken}
+% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@splittoken}
+% If the word buffer \cs{\SOUL@word} is empty, deliver a \cs{\SOUL@stop},
+% otherwise take the next token.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\SOUL@nexttoken{%
+    \edef\x{\the\SOUL@word}%
+    \ifx\x\empty
+        \SOUL@token={\SOUL@stop}%
+    \else
+        \expandafter\SOUL@splittoken\the\SOUL@word\SOUL@stop
+    \fi
+}
+\def\SOUL@splittoken#1#2\SOUL@stop{%
+    \global\SOUL@token={#1}%
+    \global\SOUL@word={#2}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@getkern}
+% Assign the kerning value between the first and the third argument
+% to the second, which has to be a \cs{\dimen} register.
+% |\SOUL@getkern{A}{\dimen0}{V}| will assign the kerning value
+% between `A' and `V' to |\dimen0|.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\SOUL@getkern#1#2#3{%
+    \setbox\tw@\hbox{#1#3}%
+    #2\wd\tw@
+    \setbox\tw@\hbox{#1\null#3}%
+    \advance#2-\wd\tw@
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@setkern}
+% Set a kerning value if it doesn't equal 0\,pt. Of course, we could
+% also set a zero value, but that would needlessly clutter the
+% logfile.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\SOUL@setkern#1{\ifdim#1=\z@\else\kern#1\fi}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@error}
+% This error message will be shown once for every word that couldn't
+% be reconstructed by \cs{\SOUL@dosyllable}.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\SOUL@error{%
+    \vrule\@height.8em\@depth.2em\@width1em
+    \PackageError{soul}{Reconstruction failed}{%
+        I came across hyphenatable material enclosed in group
+        braces,^^Jwhich I can't handle. Either drop the braces or
+        make the material^^Junbreakable using an \string\mbox\space
+        (\string\hbox). Note that a space^^Jalso counts as possible
+        hyphenation point. See page 4 of the manual.^^JI'm leaving
+        a black square so that you can see where I am right now.%
+    }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@setup}
+% This is a null driver, that will be used as the basis for
+% other drivers. These have then to redefine only interface commands
+% that shall differ from the default.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\SOUL@setup{%
+    \let\SOUL@preamble\relax
+    \let\SOUL@postamble\relax
+    \let\SOUL@everytoken\relax
+    \let\SOUL@everysyllable\relax
+    \def\SOUL@everyspace##1{##1\space}%
+    \let\SOUL@everyhyphen\relax
+    \def\SOUL@everyexhyphen##1{##1}%
+    \let\SOUL@everylowerthan\relax
+}
+\SOUL@setup
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \subsection{The \so{letterspacing} driver}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@sosetletterskip}
+% A handy helper macro that sets the inter-letter skip with a
+% draconian \cs{\penalty}.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\SOUL@sosetletterskip{\nobreak\hskip\SOUL@soletterskip}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@sopreamble}
+% If letterspacing (\cs{\so} or \cs{\caps}) follows a white space, we
+% replace it with our \syn{outer space}. \LaTeX\ uses |\hskip1sp| as
+% marker in tabular entries, so we ignore tiny skips.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\SOUL@sopreamble{%
+    \ifdim\lastskip>5sp
+        \unskip
+        \hskip\SOUL@soouterskip
+    \fi
+    \spaceskip\SOUL@soinnerskip
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@sopostamble}
+% Start the look-ahead scanner \cs{\SOUL@socheck} outside the \cs{\SOUL@}
+% scope. That's why we make the \syn{outer space} globally available in
+% \cs{\skip@}.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\SOUL@sopostamble{%
+    \global\skip@=\SOUL@soouterskip
+    \aftergroup\SOUL@socheck
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@socheck}
+% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@sodoouter}
+% Read the next token after the \soul\ command into \cs{\SOUL@@}
+% and examine it. If it's some kind of space, replace it with
+% \syn{outer space} and the appropriate penalty, else if it's
+% a closing brace, continue scanning. If it is neither: do nothing.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\SOUL@socheck{%
+    \futurelet\SOUL@@\SOUL@sodoouter
+}
+\def\SOUL@sodoouter{%
+    \def\SOUL@n*##1{\hskip\skip@}%
+    \ifcat\egroup\noexpand\SOUL@@
+        \unkern
+        \egroup
+        \def\SOUL@n*{\afterassignment\SOUL@socheck\let\SOUL@x=}%
+    \else\ifx\SOUL@spc\SOUL@@
+        \def\SOUL@n* {\hskip\skip@}%
+    \else\ifx~\SOUL@@
+        \def\SOUL@n*~{\nobreak\hskip\skip@}%
+    \else\ifx\ \SOUL@@
+    \else\ifx\space\SOUL@@
+    \else\ifx\@xobeysp\SOUL@@
+    \else
+        \def\SOUL@n*{}%
+        \let\SOUL@@\relax
+    \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
+    \SOUL@n*%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@soeverytoken}
+% Typeset the token and put an unbreakable inter-letter skip
+% thereafter. If the token is \cs{\<} then remove the last skip instead.
+% Gets the character kerning value between the actual and the
+% next token in \cs{\SOUL@charkern}.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\SOUL@soeverytoken{%
+    \edef\x{\the\SOUL@token}%
+    \ifx\x\SOUL@lowerthanM
+    \else
+        \global\let\SOUL@soeventuallyskip\SOUL@sosetletterskip
+        \the\SOUL@token
+        \SOUL@gettoken
+        \edef\x{\the\SOUL@token}%
+        \ifx\x\SOUL@stopM
+        \else
+            \SOUL@setkern\SOUL@charkern
+            \SOUL@sosetletterskip
+            \SOUL@puttoken
+        \fi
+    \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@soeveryspace}
+% This macro sets an \syn{inner space}. The argument may contain
+% penalties and is used for the |~| command. This construction was
+% needed to make colored underlines work, without having to put
+% any of the coloring commands into the core. |\kern\z@| prevents
+% in subsequent \cs{\so} commands that the second discards the
+% \syn{outer space} of the first. To remove the space simply
+% use |\unkern\unskip|.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\SOUL@soeveryspace#1{#1\space\kern\z@}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@soeveryhyphen}
+% Sets implicit hyphens. The kerning value between the current token
+% and the hyphen character is passed in \cs{\SOUL@hyphkern}.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\SOUL@soeveryhyphen{%
+    \discretionary{%
+        \unkern
+        \SOUL@setkern\SOUL@hyphkern
+        \SOUL@sethyphenchar
+    }{}{}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@soeveryexhyphen}
+% Sets the explicit hyphen that is passed as argument.
+% \cs{\SOUL@soeventuallyskip} equals \cs{\SOUL@sosetletterskip},
+% except when a \cs{\<} had been detected. This is necessary because
+% \cs{\SOUL@soeveryexhyphen} wouldn't know otherwise, that it
+% follows a~\cs{\<}.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\SOUL@soeveryexhyphen#1{%
+    \SOUL@setkern\SOUL@hyphkern
+    \SOUL@soeventuallyskip
+    \hbox{#1}%
+    \discretionary{}{}{%
+        \SOUL@setkern\SOUL@charkern
+    }%
+    \SOUL@sosetletterskip
+    \global\let\SOUL@soeventuallyskip\relax
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@soeverylowerthan}
+% Let \cs{\<} remove the last inter-letter skip. Set the kerning value
+% between the token before and that after the \cs{\<} command.
+%
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\SOUL@soeverylowerthan{%
+    \unskip
+    \unpenalty
+    \global\let\SOUL@soeventuallyskip\relax
+    \SOUL@setkern\SOUL@charkern
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@sosetup}
+% Override all interface macros by our letterspacing versions. The
+% only unused macro is \cs{\SOUL@everysyllable}.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\SOUL@sosetup{%
+    \SOUL@setup
+    \let\SOUL@preamble\SOUL@sopreamble
+    \let\SOUL@postamble\SOUL@sopostamble
+    \let\SOUL@everytoken\SOUL@soeverytoken
+    \let\SOUL@everyspace\SOUL@soeveryspace
+    \let\SOUL@everyhyphen\SOUL@soeveryhyphen
+    \let\SOUL@everyexhyphen\SOUL@soeveryexhyphen
+    \let\SOUL@everylowerthan\SOUL@soeverylowerthan
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@setso}
+% A handy macro for internal use.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\SOUL@setso#1#2#3{%
+    \def\SOUL@soletterskip{#1}%
+    \def\SOUL@soinnerskip{#2}%
+    \def\SOUL@soouterskip{#3}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\sodef}
+% This macro assigns the letterspacing skips as well as an optional
+% font switching command to a command sequence name. \cs{\so} itself
+% will be defined using this macro.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\sodef#1#2#3#4#5{%
+    \DeclareRobustCommand*#1{\SOUL@sosetup
+        \def\SOUL@preamble{%
+            \SOUL@setso{#3}{#4}{#5}%
+            #2%
+            \SOUL@sopreamble
+        }%
+        \SOUL@
+    }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\resetso}
+% Let \cs{\resetso} define reasonable default values for letterspacing.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\resetso{%
+    \sodef\textso{}{.25em}{.65em\@plus.08em\@minus.06em}%
+        {.55em\@plus.275em\@minus.183em}%
+}
+\resetso
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\sloppyword}
+% Set up a letterspacing macro that inserts slightly stretchable
+% space between the characters. This can be used to typeset long
+% words in narrow columns, where ragged paragraphs are undesirable.
+% See section~\ref{sec:sloppyword}.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\sodef\sloppyword{%
+    \linepenalty10
+    \hyphenpenalty10
+    \adjdemerits\z@
+    \doublehyphendemerits\z@
+    \finalhyphendemerits\z@
+    \emergencystretch.1em}%
+    {\z@\@plus.1em}%
+    {.33em\@plus.11em\@minus.11em}%
+    {.33em\@plus.11em\@minus.11em}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \subsection[The \caps{caps} driver]{The caps driver}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caps}
+% Unless run under \LaTeX, make \cs{\caps} just another simple letterspacing
+% macro that selects a font \cs{\capsfont} (defaulting to \cs{\relax}) but
+% doesn't have any special capabilities.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifx\documentclass\@undefined
+\let\capsfont\relax
+\let\capsreset\relax
+\def\capsdef#1#2#3#4#5{}
+\def\capssave#1{}
+\def\capsselect#1{}
+\sodef\textcaps{\capsfont}
+    {.028em\@plus.005em\@minus.01em}%
+    {.37em\@plus.1667em\@minus.111em}%
+    {.37em\@plus.1em\@minus.14em}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\capsreset}
+% \dots\ else, if run under \LaTeX\ prepare a set of macros that
+% maintain a database with certain letterspacing values for different
+% fonts. \cs{\capsreset} clears the database and inserts a default rule.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\else
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\capsreset{%
+    \let\SOUL@capsbase\empty
+    \SOUL@capsdefault
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\capsdef}
+% Add an entry to the database, which is of course nothing else than
+% a \TeX\ macro. See section ``List macros'' of appendix~D in the
+% \TeX{}book~\cite{DEK} for details.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\capsdef#1#2#3#4#5{{%
+    \toks\z@{\\{#1/#2/#3/#4/#5}}%
+    \toks\tw@=\expandafter{\SOUL@capsbase}%
+    \xdef\SOUL@capsbase{\the\toks\z@\the\toks\tw@}%
+}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\capssave}
+% \begin{macro}{\capsselect}
+% Save the current database in a macro within the |SOUL@| namespace
+% and let |\capsselect| restore this database.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\capssave[1]{%
+    \expandafter\global\expandafter\let
+        \csname SOUL@db@#1\endcsname\SOUL@capsbase
+}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\capsselect[1]{%
+    \expandafter\let\expandafter\SOUL@capsbase
+        \csname SOUL@db@#1\endcsname
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@capsfind}
+% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@caps}
+% Go through the database entries and pick the first entry that matches
+% the currently active font. Then define an internal macro that uses
+% the respective spacing values in a macro that is equivalent to the
+% \cs{\textso} command.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\SOUL@capsfind#1/#2/#3/#4/#5/#6/#7/#8/#9/{%
+    \let\SOUL@match=1%
+    \SOUL@chk{#1}\f@encoding
+    \SOUL@chk{#2}\f@family
+    \SOUL@chk{#3}\f@series
+    \SOUL@chk{#4}\f@shape
+    \SOUL@dimchk{#5}\f@size
+    \if\SOUL@match1%
+        \let\\\@gobble
+        \gdef\SOUL@caps{%
+            \SOUL@sosetup
+            \def\SOUL@preamble{\SOUL@setso{#7}{#8}{#9}#6%
+                \SOUL@sopreamble}%
+            \SOUL@}%
+    \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@chk}
+% Sets the \cs{\SOUL@match} flag if both parameters are equal.
+% This is used for all \caps{\small NFSS} elements except the font size.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\SOUL@chk#1#2{%
+    \if$#1$%
+    \else
+        \def\SOUL@n{#1}%
+        \ifx#2\SOUL@n\else\let\SOUL@match=0\fi
+    \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@dimchk}
+% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@rangechk}
+% We do not only want to check if a given font size |#1| matches |#2|,
+% but also if it fits into a given range. An omitted lower boundary
+% is replaced by \cs{\z@} and an omitted upper boundary by \cs{\maxdimen}.
+% The first of a series of \cs{\SOUL@chk} and \cs{\SOUL@dimchk}
+% statements, which detects that the arguments don't match, sets the
+% \cs{\SOUL@match} flag to zero. A value of~1 indicates that an
+% entry in the font database matches the currently used font.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\SOUL@dimchk#1#2{\if$#1$\else\SOUL@rangechk{#2}#1--\@ne\@@\fi}
+\def\SOUL@rangechk#1#2-#3-#4\@@{%
+    \count@=#4%
+    \ifnum\count@>\z@
+        \ifdim#1\p@=#2\p@\else\let\SOUL@match=0\fi
+    \else
+        \SOUL@dimen=\if$#2$\z@\else#2\p@\fi
+        \ifdim#1\p@<\SOUL@dimen\let\SOUL@match=0\fi
+        \SOUL@dimen=\if$#3$\maxdimen\else#3\p@\fi
+        \ifdim#1\p@<\SOUL@dimen\else\let\SOUL@match=0\fi
+    \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\textcaps}
+% Find a matching entry in the database and start the letterspacing
+% mechanism with the given spacing values.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\textcaps{{%
+    \def\\##1{\expandafter\SOUL@capsfind##1/}%
+    \SOUL@capsbase
+    \aftergroup\SOUL@caps
+}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@capsdefault}
+% Define a default database entry and a default font.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\SOUL@capsdefault{%
+    \capsdef{////}%
+    \SOUL@capsdfltfnt
+    {.028em\@plus.005em\@minus.01em}%
+    {.37em\@plus.1667em\@minus.1em}%
+    {.37em\@plus.111em\@minus.14em}%
+}
+\let\SOUL@capsdfltfnt\scshape
+\capsreset
+\fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \subsection{The \ul{underlining} driver}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@ulleaders}
+% This macro sets the underline under the following \cs{\hskip}.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newdimen\SOUL@uldp
+\newdimen\SOUL@ulht
+\def\SOUL@ulleaders{%
+    \leaders\hrule\@depth\SOUL@uldp\@height\SOUL@ulht\relax
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@ulunderline}
+% Set an underline under the given material. It draws the line first,
+% and the given material afterwards. This is needed for highlighting,
+% but gives less than optimal results for colored overstriking, which,
+% however, will hardly ever be used, anyway.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\SOUL@ulunderline#1{{%
+    \setbox\z@\hbox{#1}%
+    \SOUL@dimen=\wd\z@
+    \SOUL@dimeni=\SOUL@uloverlap
+    \advance\SOUL@dimen2\SOUL@dimeni
+    \rlap{%
+        \null
+        \kern-\SOUL@dimeni
+        \SOUL@ulcolor{\SOUL@ulleaders\hskip\SOUL@dimen}%
+    }%
+    \unhcopy\z@
+}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@ulpreamble}
+% Just set up the line dimensions and the space skip. Normally,
+% \cs{\spaceskip} is unset and not used by \TeX. We need it, though,
+% because we feed it to the \cs{\leaders} primitive.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\SOUL@ulpreamble{%
+    \SOUL@uldp=\SOUL@uldepth
+    \SOUL@ulht=-\SOUL@uldp
+    \advance\SOUL@uldp\SOUL@ulthickness
+    \spaceskip\SOUL@spaceskip
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@uleverysyllable}
+% By using \cs{\SOUL@everysyllable} we don't have to care about
+% kerning values and get better results for highlighting, where
+% negative kerning values would otherwise cut off characters.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\SOUL@uleverysyllable{%
+    \SOUL@ulunderline{%
+        \the\SOUL@syllable
+        \SOUL@setkern\SOUL@charkern
+    }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@uleveryspace}
+% Set a given penalty and an underlined \cs{\space} equivalent.
+% The \cs{\null} prevents a nasty gap in |\textfrak| |{a \textswab{b}}|,
+% while it doesn't seem to hurt in all other cases. I didn't investigate
+% this.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\SOUL@uleveryspace#1{%
+    \SOUL@ulcolor{%
+        #1%
+        \SOUL@ulleaders
+        \hskip\spaceskip
+    }%
+    \null
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@uleveryhyphen}
+% If hyphenation takes place, output an underlined hyphen with the
+% required hyphen kerning value.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\SOUL@uleveryhyphen{%
+    \discretionary{%
+        \unkern
+        \SOUL@ulunderline{%
+            \SOUL@setkern\SOUL@hyphkern
+            \SOUL@sethyphenchar
+        }%
+    }{}{}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@uleveryexhyphen}
+% Underline the given hyphen, en-dash, em-dash or \cs{\slash} and care
+% for kerning.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\SOUL@uleveryexhyphen#1{%
+    \SOUL@setkern\SOUL@hyphkern
+    \SOUL@ulunderline{#1}%
+    \discretionary{}{}{%
+        \SOUL@setkern\SOUL@charkern
+    }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@ulcolor}
+% \begin{macro}{\setulcolor}
+% Define the underline color or turn off coloring, in which case the lines are not
+% just colored black, but remain uncolored. This makes them appear
+% black, nevertheless, and has the advantage, that no Postscript
+% \cs{\specials} are cluttering the output.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\SOUL@ulcolor\relax
+\def\setulcolor#1{%
+    \if$#1$
+        \let\SOUL@ulcolor\relax
+    \else
+        \def\SOUL@ulcolor{\textcolor{#1}}%
+    \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\setuloverlap}
+% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@uloverlap}
+% Set the overlap amount, that helps to avoid gaps on sloppy output
+% devices.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\setuloverlap#1{\def\SOUL@uloverlap{#1}}
+\setuloverlap{.25pt}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@ulsetup}
+% The underlining driver is quite simple. No need for \cs{\SOUL@postamble}
+% and \cs{\SOUL@everytoken}.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\SOUL@ulsetup{%
+    \SOUL@setup
+    \let\SOUL@preamble\SOUL@ulpreamble
+    \let\SOUL@everysyllable\SOUL@uleverysyllable
+    \let\SOUL@everyspace\SOUL@uleveryspace
+    \let\SOUL@everyhyphen\SOUL@uleveryhyphen
+    \let\SOUL@everyexhyphen\SOUL@uleveryexhyphen
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@textul}
+% Describing self-explanatory macros is \emph{so} boring!
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\textul{\SOUL@ulsetup\SOUL@}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\setul}
+% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@uldepth}
+% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@ulthickness}
+% Set the underlining dimensions. Either value may be omitted and
+% lets the respective macro keep its current contents.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\setul#1#2{%
+    \if$#1$\else\def\SOUL@uldepth{#1}\fi
+    \if$#2$\else\def\SOUL@ulthickness{#2}\fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\resetul}
+% Set reasonable default values that fit most latin fonts.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\resetul{\setul{.65ex}{.1ex}}
+\resetul
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\setuldepth}
+% This macro sets all designated ``letters'' (\cs{\catcode=11}) or the
+% given material in a box and sets the underlining dimensions according
+% to the box depth.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\setuldepth#1{{%
+    \def\SOUL@n{#1}%
+    \setbox\z@\hbox{%
+        \tracinglostchars\z@
+        \ifx\SOUL@n\empty
+            \count@\z@
+            \loop
+                \ifnum\catcode\count@=11\char\count@\fi
+            \ifnum\count@<\@cclv
+                \advance\count@\@ne
+            \repeat
+        \else
+            #1%
+        \fi
+    }%
+    \SOUL@dimen\dp\z@
+    \advance\SOUL@dimen\p@
+    \xdef\SOUL@uldepth{\the\SOUL@dimen}%
+}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \subsection{The \st{overstriking} driver}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@stpreamble}
+% Striking out is just underlining with a raised line of a different
+% color. Hence we only need to define the preamble accordingly and
+% let the underlining preamble finally do its job. Not that colored
+% overstriking was especially useful, but we want at least to keep
+% it black while we might want to set underlines in some fancy color.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\SOUL@stpreamble{%
+    \SOUL@dimen\SOUL@ulthickness
+    \SOUL@dimeni=-.5ex
+    \advance\SOUL@dimeni-.5\SOUL@dimen
+    \edef\SOUL@uldepth{\the\SOUL@dimeni}%
+    \let\SOUL@ulcolor\SOUL@stcolor
+    \SOUL@ulpreamble
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@stsetup}
+% We re-use the whole underlining setup and just replace the preamble
+% with our modified version.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\SOUL@stsetup{%
+    \SOUL@ulsetup
+    \let\SOUL@preamble\SOUL@stpreamble
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\textst}
+% These pretzels are making me thirsty \dots
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\textst{\SOUL@stsetup\SOUL@}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@stcolor}
+% \begin{macro}{\setstcolor}
+% Set the overstriking color. This won't be used often, but is required
+% in cases, where the underlines are colored. You wouldn't want to
+% overstrike in the same color. Note that overstriking lines are
+% drawn \emph{beneath} the text, hence bright colors won't look good.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\SOUL@stcolor\relax
+\def\setstcolor#1{%
+    \if$#1$
+        \let\SOUL@stcolor\relax
+    \else
+        \def\SOUL@stcolor{\textcolor{#1}}%
+    \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \subsection{The highlighting driver}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@hlpreamble}
+% This is nothing else than overstriking with very thick lines.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\SOUL@hlpreamble{%
+    \setul{}{2.5ex}%
+    \let\SOUL@stcolor\SOUL@hlcolor
+    \SOUL@stpreamble
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@hlsetup}
+% No need to re-invent the wheel. Just use the overstriking setup
+% with a different preamble.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\SOUL@hlsetup{%
+    \SOUL@stsetup
+    \let\SOUL@preamble\SOUL@hlpreamble
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\texthl}
+% \begin{macro}{\sethlcolor}
+% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@hlcolor}
+% Define the highlighting macro and the color setting macro with a
+% simple default color. Yellow isn't really pleasing, but it's already
+% predefined by the \package{color} package.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\texthl{\SOUL@hlsetup\SOUL@}
+\def\sethlcolor#1{\if$#1$\else\def\SOUL@hlcolor{\textcolor{#1}}\fi}
+\sethlcolor{yellow}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \subsection*{The package postamble}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\so}
+% \begin{macro}{\ul}
+% \begin{macro}{\st}
+% \begin{macro}{\hl}
+% \begin{macro}{\caps}
+% OK, I lied. The short macro names are just abbreviations for their
+% longer counterpart. Some people might be used to |\text*| style commands
+% to select a certain font. And then it doesn't hurt to reserve
+% these early enough.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\so\textso
+\let\ul\textul
+\let\st\textst
+\let\hl\texthl
+\let\caps\textcaps
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \noindent
+% When used in an environment other than \LaTeX\ and the \package{german}
+% package was already loaded, define the double quotes as accent.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifx\documentclass\@undefined
+    \ifx\mdqoff\@undefined
+    \else
+        \soulaccent{"}%
+    \fi
+    \catcode`\@=\atcode
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \noindent
+% If we have been loaded by a \LaTeX\ environment and the \package{color}
+% package wasn't also loaded, we disable all colors. Then we add the umlaut accent
+% |"| if the \package{german} package is present. The quotes character has to
+% be \cs{\catcode}'d \cs{\active} now, or it won't get recognized later.
+% The \option{capsdefault}
+% option overrides the \cs{\caps} driver and lets \cs{\SOUL@} set an underline.
+% Finally load the local configuration, process the |capsdefault|
+% option and exit.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\else
+    \bgroup
+        \catcode`\"\active
+        \AtBeginDocument{%
+            \@ifundefined{color}{%
+                \let\SOUL@color\relax
+                \let\setulcolor\@gobble
+                \let\setstcolor\@gobble
+                \let\sethlcolor\@gobble
+                \let\hl\ul
+            }{}
+            \@ifundefined{mdqoff}{}{\soulaccent{"}}
+        }
+    \egroup
+    \DeclareOption{capsdefault}{%
+        \AtBeginDocument{%
+            \def\SOUL@capsdfltfnt#1{%
+                \SOUL@ulsetup
+                \SOUL@ulpreamble
+                \scshape
+            }%
+        }%
+    }
+    \InputIfFileExists{soul.cfg}%
+        {\PackageInfo{soul}{Local config file soul.cfg used}}{}
+    \ProcessOptions
+\fi
+\endinput
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%</package>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \vspace{2explus1fill}
+%\begin{verbatim}
+%$Id$
+%\end{verbatim}
+% \Finale
+%
+%
+%                                                       ^^A.E.I.O.U.^^
+%^^A vim:ts=4:sw=4:et
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/generic/soul/soul.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/generic/soul/soul.dtx
index 064634cf111..7bc4bb1ba67 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/generic/soul/soul.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/generic/soul/soul.dtx
@@ -1,4520 +1,1144 @@
-% \iffalse
-%% File: soul.dtx  Copyright (C) 1998--2003  Melchior FRANZ
-%% $Id: soul.dtx,v 1.128 2003/11/17 22:57:24 m Rel $
-%% $Version: 2.4 $
-%
-%<*batchfile>
-%
-% on Unix/Linux just run "make" to get the style file and the documentation,
-% else generate the driver soul.ins (if you don't already have it):
-%
-%     $ latex soul.dtx
-%
-% You'll probably get an error message that you may ignore. Now generate
-% the style file:
-%
-%     $ tex soul.ins
-%
-% And finally to produce the documentation run LaTeX three times:
-%
-%     $ latex soul.dtx
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% DISCLAIMER: note that a Makefile could actually contain malign commands
-% that erase your whole account, so having a look at it before won't hurt!
-% I take no responsibility for any damage, but I do what I can to make
-% using the original Makefile safe.
-%
-% COPYRIGHT NOTICE:
-% This package is free software that can be redistributed and/or modified
-% under the terms of the LaTeX Project Public License as specified
-% in the file macros/latex/base/lppl.txt on any CTAN archive server,
-% such as ftp://ftp.dante.de/.
-%
-%$
-%% ====================================================================
-%%  @LaTeX-package-file{
-%%     author          = "Melchior FRANZ",
-%%     version         = "2.4",
-%%     date            = "17 November 2003",
-%%     filename        = "soul.dtx",
-%%     address         = "Melchior FRANZ
-%%                        Rieder Hauptstrasse 52
-%%                        A-5212 SCHNEEGATTERN
-%%                        AUSTRIA",
-%%     telephone       = "++43 7746 3109",
-%%     URL             = "http://www.unet.univie.ac.at/~a8603365/",
-%%     email           = "a8603365@unet.univie.ac.at",
-%%     codetable       = "ISO/ASCII",
-%%     keywords        = "spacing out, letterspacing, underlining, striking out,
-%%                        highlighting",
-%%     supported       = "yes",
-%%     docstring       = "This article describes the `soul' package, which
-%%                        provides hyphenatable letterspacing (spacing out),
-%%                        underlining, and some derivatives.
-%%                        All features are based upon a common mechanism
-%%                        that allows to typeset text syllable by syllable,
-%%                        where the excellent TeX hyphenation algorithm is
-%%                        used to find the proper hyphenation points.
-%%                        Two examples show how to use the provided interface to
-%%                        implement things such as `an-a-lyz-ing syl-la-bles'.
-%%                        Although the package is optimized for LaTeX2e,
-%%                        it works with Plain TeX and with other
-%%                        packages, too.",
-%%  }
-%% ====================================================================
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-\begin{filecontents}{soul.ins}
-\def\batchfile{soul.ins}
-\input docstrip.tex
-\askforoverwritefalse
-\keepsilent   % <-- this is for you, Christina   ;-)
-\generate{\file{soul.sty}{\from{soul.dtx}{package}}}
-\endbatchfile
-\end{filecontents}
-%</batchfile>
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% File: soul.dtx
+% Version: 2023-02-18 v3.0
+% Info: Permit use of UTF-8 characters in soul
+%
+% Copyright (C) 2007 Heiko Oberdiek
+% Copyright (C) 2016-2023 Oberdiek Package Support Group
+%    https://github.com/ho-tex/soul/issues
+%
+% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
+% version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later
+% version. This version of this license is in
+%    https://www.latex-project.org/lppl/lppl-1-3c.txt
+% and the latest version of this license is in
+%    https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of
+% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
+%
+% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+%
+% The Current Maintainers of this work are
+% Heiko Oberdiek and the Oberdiek Package Support Group
+% https://github.com/ho-tex/soul/issues
+%
+% The Base Interpreter refers to any `TeX-Format',
+% because some files are installed in TDS:tex/generic//.
+%
+% This work consists of the main source file soul.dtx
+% and the derived files
+%    soul.sty, soul.pdf, soul.ins,soulutf8.sty
+%    soulutf8-test1.tex, soulutf8-test2.tex, soulutf8-test3.tex,
+%    soulutf8-test4.tex, soulutf8-test5.tex.
+%
+% Distribution:
+%    CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/soul/soul.dtx
+%    CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/soul/soul.pdf
+%
+% Unpacking:
+%           tex soul.ins
 %<*driver>
-\def\fileversion{2.4}
-\def\filedate{2003/11/17}
-%
-%
-%
 \documentclass{ltxdoc}
-%
-%
-%
-\makeatletter\let\SOUL@sethyphenchar\relax\makeatother
-\IfFileExists{soul.sty}{%
-    \usepackage{soul}[2002/01/10]
-    \expandafter\ifx\csname sloppyword\endcsname\relax  % old version?
-        \def\sloppyword{\textbf{?? [obsolete soul version]}}
-    \fi
-    \let\SOULSTYfound\active
-}{%
-    \GenericWarning{soul.dtx}{%
-        Package file `soul.sty' couldn't be found. You should however find^^J^^A
-        a file `soul.ins' in the current directory. If you type "tex soul.ins"^^J^^A
-        on the command line, `soul.sty' will be generated. After that
-        run "latex soul.dtx" again and you won't see this message again.
-    }%
-}%
-%
-%
-%
-\ifx\makehyperref\SOULundefined
-    \newcommand*\texorpdfstring[2]{#1}
-\else   ^^A for "make hyper"
-    \usepackage{hyperref}
-    \hypersetup{
-        bookmarksopen,
-        colorlinks,
-        pdftitle={The soul package},
-        pdfauthor={Melchior FRANZ},
-        pdfsubject={${}$Id: soul.dtx,v 1.128 2003/11/17 22:57:24 m Rel ${}$},
-        pdfkeywords={space out, letterspacing, underlining, overstriking, highlighting}
-    }
-    \usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx,color}
-\fi
-%
-%
-%
-%\RecordChanges
-%
+\usepackage{holtxdoc}[2011/11/22]
 \begin{document}
-\setcounter{tocdepth}{2}
-\DocInput{soul.dtx}
+  \DocInput{soul.dtx}%
 \end{document}
 %</driver>
 % \fi
 %
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \CheckSum{2006}
-% \CharacterTable
-%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
-%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
-%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
-%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
-%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
-%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
-%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
-%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
-%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
-%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
-%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
-%
-%
-%
-% \title{The \texttt{soul} package}
-%
-% \author{Melchior \caps{FRANZ}}
-%
-% \date{November 17, 2003}
-%
-%^^A=====================================================
-%
-%^^A  These messy macros allow to typeset the `example' sections
-%^^A  conveniently. You'd better ignore them. I do!   :-)
-%
-% \makeatletter
-%
-% \def\squarebull{\rule[.2ex]{.8ex}{.8ex}}
-%
-% \newenvironment{examples}
-%   {\parindent\z@\small\fontencoding{OT1}\selectfont}
-%   {\rule{\hsize}{.4pt}}
-%
-% \def\soultest#1|{\bgroup\rule[.5ex]{\hsize}{.4pt}\par
-%   \parbox[t]{.34\hsize}{\raggedright\textit{#1\unskip.}}%
-%   \hspace{1.5em}$\vtop\bgroup\hb@xt@.4\hsize\bgroup
-%   \llap{\squarebull\hspace{.4em}}\soulttest}
-%
-% {\catcode`\|=13\gdef\soulttest{%
-%   \bgroup\def\do##1{\catcode`##1=12}\dospecials\ttfamily
-%   \catcode`\|=13\unskip\def|{\hss\egroup\egroup\soultttest}}}
-%
-% \def\soultttest#1{\hbox{\vtop{\hsize.4\hsize\hbadness\@M
-%   \leavevmode\llap{\squarebull\hspace{.4em}}#1\null}}%
-%   \egroup$\hspace{1.5em}\parbox[t]{1mm}{\hyphenpenalty-\@M
-%   \exhyphenpenalty-\@M\hbadness\@M\hfuzz\maxdimen
-%   \strut\llap{\squarebull\hspace{.4em}}#1\null}%
-%   \goodbreak\vspace{2ex}
-%   \egroup}
-%
-% \newcommand*\DescribeOption[1]{\marginpar{\raggedleft\textsf{#1}\ignorespaces}}
-%
-%
-%^^A  similar to the `description' environment
-%
-% \def\describemacro{^^A
-%   \bgroup
-%   \let\do\@makeother
-%   \dospecials
-%   \catcode`{=1
-%   \catcode`}=2
-%   \SOUL@@@descmacro
-% }
-%
-% \def\SOUL@@@descmacro#1{^^A
-%   \texttt{#1}^^A
-%   \DescribeMacro{#1}^^A
-%   \expandafter\edef\expandafter\x\expandafter{\expandafter\@gobble#1}^^A
-%   \expandafter\label{cmd:\x}^^A
-%   \egroup
-% }
-%
-%
-% \def\SOUL@@@verbitem[#1: {^^A
-%   \bgroup
-%   \let\do\@makeother
-%   \dospecials
-%   \SOUL@@@verbscan{#1}^^A
-% }
-%
-% \def\SOUL@@@verbscan#1#2]{^^A
-%   \egroup
-%   \goodbreak
-%   \def\@currentlabel{\S\,\the\SOUL@@@itemnr}^^A
-%   \label{par:#1}^^A
-%   \SOUL@@@item[\textbf{\@currentlabel\hskip.6em#1:}]\hfil\break
-%   Example: \texttt{#2}\hfil\break^^A
-%   \advance\SOUL@@@itemnr1
-% }
-%
-% \let\SOUL@@@item\item
-% \newcount\SOUL@@@itemnr
-%
-% \newenvironment{verblist}[1]{^^A
-%   \SOUL@@@itemnr=#1
-%   \list{}{^^A
-%       \settowidth{\labelwidth}{\indent\indent}^^A
-%       \leftmargin\labelwidth
-%       \advance\leftmargin\labelsep
-%       \def\makelabel##1{##1}^^A
-%       \let\item\SOUL@@@verbitem
-%   }^^A
-% }{^^A
-%   \endlist
-% }
-%
-% \newenvironment{labeling}[1]{^^A
-%   \list{}{^^A
-%       \settowidth{\labelwidth}{\textbf{#1}}^^A
-%       \leftmargin\labelwidth\advance\leftmargin\labelsep
-%       \def\makelabel##1{\textbf{##1}\hfil}^^A
-%   }^^A
-% }{^^A
-%   \endlist
-% }
-%
-% \newenvironment{syntax}{^^A
-%   \par\medskip\def\<##1>{$\langle$\syn{##1}$\rangle$}^^A
-%       \indent\begin{tabular}{l}^^A
-%   }{^^A
-%       \end{tabular}^^A
-%       \noindentafter\medbreak
-%   }
-%
-%
-% \newenvironment{example}[1][.9\textwidth]
-%   {\par\medskip\indent\begin{tabular}{p{#1}l}}
-%   {\end{tabular}\noindentafter\medbreak}
-%
-% \newcommand*\noindentafter{^^A
-%   \global\everypar{{\setbox\z@\lastbox}\everypar{}}}
-%
-% \newcommand*\errsquare{\leavevmode\vrule height.8em depth.2em width1em\relax}
-%
-%
-% \ifx\SOULSTYfound\active
-%^^A  analyze syllables---described somewhere below
-%
-% \DeclareRobustCommand*\sy{^^A
-%   \SOUL@setup
-%   \def\SOUL@preamble{\lefthyphenmin0\righthyphenmin0}^^A
-%   \def\SOUL@everysyllable{\the\SOUL@syllable}^^A
-%   \def\SOUL@everyspace##1{##1\space}^^A
-%   \def\SOUL@everyhyphen{^^A
-%       \discretionary{^^A
-%           \SOUL@setkern\SOUL@hyphkern
-%           \SOUL@sethyphenchar
-%       }{}{^^A
-%           \hbox{\kern1pt$\cdot$}^^A
-%       }^^A
-%   }^^A
-%   \def\SOUL@everyexhyphen##1{^^A
-%       \SOUL@setkern\SOUL@hyphkern
-%       \hbox{##1}^^A
-%       \discretionary{}{}{^^A
-%           \SOUL@setkern\SOUL@charkern
-%       }^^A
-%   }^^A
-%   \SOUL@}
-%
-%^^A  analyze the engine---described somewhere below, too
-%
-% \DeclareRobustCommand*\an{^^A
-%   \def\SOUL@preamble{$^{^P}$}^^A
-%   \def\SOUL@everyspace##1{##1\texttt{\char`\ }}^^A
-%   \def\SOUL@postamble{$^{^E}$}^^A
-%   \def\SOUL@everyhyphen{$^{^-}$}^^A
-%   \def\SOUL@everyexhyphen##1{##1$^{^=}$}^^A
-%   \def\SOUL@everysyllable{$^{^S}$}^^A
-%   \def\SOUL@everytoken{\the\SOUL@token$^{^T}$}^^A
-%   \def\SOUL@everylowerthan{$^{^L}$}^^A
-%   \SOUL@}
-%
-%^^A  magazine-like (truly awful) paragraphs
-%^^A  If you know what you're doing, you can copy it to your personal `soul.cfg' file.
-%
-%  \DeclareRobustCommand*\magstylepar{\SOUL@sosetup
-%    \def\SOUL@preamble{^^A
-%      \edef\SOUL@soletterskip{\z@\@plus\fontdimen2\font\@minus\z@}^^A
-%      \edef\SOUL@soinnerskip{\the\fontdimen2\font
-%        \@plus\the\fontdimen3\font\@minus\the\fontdimen4\font}^^A
-%      \let\SOUL@soouterskip\SOUL@soinnerskip
-%      \SOUL@sopreamble}^^A
-%    \lefthyphenmin2\righthyphenmin2\SOUL@}
-%
-%\else
-%
-%^^A  The package has not been found, so we're providing some dummies, just
-%^^A  to avoid all these `Undefined command sequence' messages.
-%
-%   \def\SOUL@@@X#1{\textbf{??}}%
-%   \let\so\SOUL@@@X
-%   \let\textso\SOUL@@@X
-%   \let\caps\SOUL@@@X
-%   \let\textcaps\SOUL@@@X
-%   \let\ul\SOUL@@@X
-%   \let\textul\SOUL@@@X
-%   \let\st\SOUL@@@X
-%   \let\textst\SOUL@@@X
-%   \let\hl\SOUL@@@X
-%   \let\texthl\SOUL@@@X
-%   \let\sy\SOUL@@@X
-%   \let\an\SOUL@@@X
-%   \let\magstylepar\SOUL@@@X
-%   \let\sloppyword\SOUL@@@X
-%   \def\sodef#1#2#3#4{\let#1\relax\SOUL@@@X}%
-% \fi
-%
-% \newcommand*\xpath{^^A
-%   \bgroup
-%   \let\do\@makeother
-%   \dospecials
-%   \catcode`\{=1
-%   \catcode`\}=2
-%   \def\{{\char"7B}^^A
-%   \def\}{\char"7D}^^A
-%   \SOUL@@@code
-% }
-%
-% \newcommand*\SOUL@@@code[1]{\normalfont\texttt{#1}\egroup}
-%
-% \let\cs\xpath
-% \let\option\textsf
-% \def\package#1{{\normalfont\texttt{#1}}}
-% \let\program\texttt
-% \let\bibtitle\textit
-% \let\syn\textit
-%
-% \sodef\person{\scshape}{0.06em}{0.45em}{0.4em}
-% \sodef\SOUL@@@versal{\upshape}{0.125em}{0.4583em}{0.5833em}
-% \DeclareRobustCommand*\versal[1]{^^A
-%   \MakeUppercase{\SOUL@@@versal{#1}}^^A
-% }
-%
-% \def\ConTeXt{Con\TeX t}
-% \def\CTAN{{\small\caps{CTAN}}}
-% \def\soul{\package{soul}}
-%
-% ^^A  set some parameters as used in Plain TeX
-% \def\plainsetup{^^A
-%   \pretolerance100
-%   \tolerance200
-%   \hbadness1000
-%   \linepenalty10
-%   \hyphenpenalty50
-%   \exhyphenpenalty50
-%   \doublehyphendemerits10000
-%   \finalhyphendemerits5000
-%   \adjdemerits10000
-%   \hfuzz.1pt
-%   \overfullrule5pt
-% }
-%
-% \def\FIXME#1{\message{<FIXME>}#1}
-%
-% \makeatother
-%
-%
-% \lefthyphenmin2
-% \righthyphenmin3
-% \hyphenation{Le-se-ty-po-gra-phie Ver-bin-dung fak-si-mi-le}
-%
-%
-%^^A=====================================================
-%
-%
-% \changes{v1.0}{1998/10/16}{Initial version}%
-%^^A  due to an error in the documentation of v1.0, there's no v1.1    :-(
-% \changes{v1.1a}{1998/12/08}{fixed a bunch of bugs; `magstylepar command
-%   banned; `caps introduced; `so and `caps recognize following spaces;
-%   error message added; `so parameters are mandatory}
-%
-% \changes{v1.2}{1999/01/11}{fixed the newline bug; added the `\(>\) command}
-%
-% \changes{v1.3}{1999/05/15}{changed allowhyphen, preambles; added a paragraph
-%   in the `features' section}
-%
-% \changes{v2.0}{2002/01/03}{(almost) complete rewrite}
-%
-% \changes{v2.1}{2002/01/10}{Happy (64th) birthday, Don!
-%   ``The now-traditional fix for the
-%   now-traditional brown-paper-bag major release.''
-%   as Eric S. RAYMOND commented on his CML2.0.1 release. ;-)}
-%
-% \changes{v2.2}{2002/05/12}{fixed a couple of bugs; added support for
-%   the Plain TeX color.sty wrapper}
-%
-% \changes{v2.3}{2002/05/29}{compatibility with cmbright/ccfonts}
-%
-% \changes{v2.4}{2003/11/17}{Fix the font bug. Fix a scanner bug.
-%   Other bugfixes; change caps set handling; add footnote and
-%   textsuperscript support}
-%
-%
-%
-%
+% \title{The \xpackage{soul} package}
+% \date{2023-02-18 v3.0}
+% \author{Heiko Oberdiek\thanks
+% {Please report any issues at \url{https://github.com/ho-tex/soul/issues}}}
 %
 % \maketitle
 %
-%
-%
 % \begin{abstract}
-% This article describes the \soul\ package^^A
-%^^A%%
-%   \footnote{This file has version number \fileversion, last revised \filedate.},
-%^^A%%
-% which provides \so{hyphenatable letterspacing (spacing out),} \ul{underlining}
-% and some derivatives such as \st{overstriking} and highlighting.
-% Although the package is optimized for \LaTeXe, it also works with
-% Plain \TeX\ and with other flavors of \TeX\ like, for instance, \ConTeXt.
-% By the way, the package name |soul| is only a combination
-% of the two macro names \cs{\so} (space out) and \cs{\ul}
-% (underline)---nothing poetic at all.^^A  :-(
+% This version is a merge of the original
+% package \xpackage{soul} (version 2.5 which contains some small corrections compared to the
+% version 2.4 from 2003)
+% and the \xpackage{soulutf8} which added some support
+% for UTF-8. Namely the input encodings \xfile{utf8.def}
+% from package \xpackage{inputenc} and
+% package \xpackage{ucs}'s \xfile{utf8x.def} are supported.
+% The original \xpackage{soul} package has been renamed to \xpackage{soul-ori} and is still loaded.
+% Its documentation is still relevant.
 % \end{abstract}
 %
-%
-% {\setlength\parskip{0pt}\tableofcontents }
-% \addtocontents{toc}{\protect\begin{multicols}{2}}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \section{Typesetting rules}
-% \label{sec:typesetting}
-%
-% There are several possibilities to emphasize parts of a paragraph,
-% not all of which are considered good style. While underlining
-% is commonly rejected, experts dispute about whether letterspacing
-% should be used or not, and in which cases. If you are not interested
-% in such debates, you may well skip to the next section.
-%
-%
-% \subsection*{Theory \dots}
-% \label{sec:theory}
-%
-% To understand the experts' arguments we have to know about the
-% conception of \emph{page grayness.} The sum of all characters on
-% a page represents a certain amount of grayness, provided that
-% the letters are printed black onto white paper.
-%
-% \person{Jan Tschichold} \cite{Tschichold}, a well known and recognized
-% typographer, accepts only forms of emphasizing, which do not disturb this
-% grayness. This is only true of italic shape, caps, and
-% caps-and-small-caps fonts, but not of ordinary letterspacing, underlining,
-% bold face type and so on, all of which appear as either dark or light
-% spots in the text area. In his opinion emphasized text shall not catch the eye when
-% running over the text, but rather when actually reading the respective words.
-%
-% Other, less restrictive typographers \cite{Willberg} call this kind of emphasizing
-% `integrated' or `aesthetic', while they describe `active' emphasizing apart from it,
-% which actually \emph{has} to catch the reader's eye. To the latter group belong commonly
-% despised things like letterspacing, demibold face type and even underlined and colored text.
-%
-% On the other hand, \person{Tschichold} suggests
-% to space out caps and caps-and-small-caps fonts on title pages, headings and running headers from
-% 1\,pt up to 2\,pt.
-% Even in running text legibility of uppercase letters should be improved with slight
-% letterspacing, since (the Roman) majuscules don't look right, if they are spaced
-% like (the Carolingian) minuscules.\footnote{This suggestion is followed throughout this article,
-% although Prof.~\person{Knuth} already considered slight letterspacing with his |cmcsc| fonts.}
-%
-%
-%
-%\subsection*{\dots\ and Practice}
-%
-% However, in the last centuries letterspacing was excessively used,
-% underlining at least sometimes, because capitals and italic shape could
-% not be used together with the \emph{Fraktur} font and other black-letter fonts,
-% which are sometimes also called ``old German'' fonts.
-% This tradition is widely continued until today. The same limitations apply still today
-% to many languages with non-latin glyphs, which is why letterspacing has a strong
-% tradition in eastern countries where Cyrillic fonts are used.
-%
-% The \person{Duden} \cite{Duden}, a well known German dictionary, explains how to space out properly:
-% \emph{Punctuation marks are spaced out like letters, except quotation marks and periods.
-% Numbers are never spaced out. The German syllable \mbox{\emph{-sche}} is not spaced
-% out in cases like \emph{``der {\so{Virchow{sche}}} Versuch''}\footnote{the \person{Virchow} experiment}.
-% In the old German \emph{Fraktur} fonts the ligatures \emph{|ch|, |ck|, |sz|~(\ss)} and~\emph{|tz|} are
-% not broken within spaced out text.}
-%
-% While some books follow all these rules \cite{Muszynski}, others don't
-% \cite{Reglement}. In fact, most books in my personal library do \emph{not} space out commas.
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \section{Short introduction and common rules}
-%
-% The \soul\ package provides five commands that are aimed at emphasizing
-% text parts. Each of the commands takes one argument that can either be
-% the text itself or the name of a macro that contains text (e.\,g.~|\so\text|)^^A
-% ^^A
-% \footnote{See~\ref{par:Unexpandable material in command sequences} for
-%    some additional information about the latter mode.}^^A
-% ^^A
-% .
-% See table~\ref{tab:survey} for a complete command survey.
-%
-% {\catcode`\|=12
-% \begin{center}
-% \begin{tabular}{r@{\hspace{1.5em}}l}
-% \verb+\so{letterspacing}+&\so{letterspacing}\\
-% \verb+\caps{CAPITALS, Small Capitals}+&\caps{CAPITALS, Small Capitals}\\
-% \verb+\ul{underlining}+&\ul{underlining}\\
-% \verb+\st{overstriking}+&\st{overstriking}\\
-% \verb+\hl{highlighting}+&highlighting\footnotemark\\
-% \end{tabular}
-% \end{center}
-% \footnotetext{The look of highlighting is nowhere demonstrated
-%   in this documentation, because it requires a Postscript aware
-%   output driver and would come out as ugly black bars on other
-%   devices, looking very much like censoring bars. Think of it as
-%   the effect of one of those coloring text markers.}
-% }
-%
-% \noindent
-% The \cs{\hl} command does only highlight if the \package{color} package
-% was loaded, otherwise it falls back to underlining.\footnote{Note that
-% you can also use \LaTeX's \package{color} package with Plain \TeX.
-% See~\ref{sec:plain} for details.} The highlighting
-% color is by default yellow, underlines and overstriking lines are by
-% default black. The colors can be changed using the following commands:
-%
-% {\catcode`\|=12
-% \begin{center}
-% \begin{tabular}{r@{\hspace{1.5em}}l}
-% \verb+\setulcolor{red}+&set underlining color\\
-% \verb+\setstcolor{green}+&set overstriking color\\
-% \verb+\sethlcolor{blue}+&set highlighting color\\
-% \end{tabular}
-% \end{center}
-% }
-%
-% \noindent
-% |\setulcolor{}| and |\setstcolor{}|  turn coloring off.
-% There are only few colors predefined by the \package{color}
-% package, but you can easily add custom color definitions.
-% See the \package{color} package documentation~\cite{color} for further
-% information.
-%
-% \begin{example}
-% |\usepackage{color,soul}|\\
-% |\definecolor{lightblue}{rgb}{.90,.95,1}|\\
-% |\sethlcolor{lightblue}|\\
-% |...|\\
-% |\hl{this is highlighted in light blue color}|\\
-% \end{example}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \subsection[Some things work]{Some things work \dots}
-%
-% The following examples may look boring and redundant, because they describe
-% nothing else than common \LaTeX\ notation with a few exceptions, but this is
-% only the half story: The \soul\ package has to pre-process the argument
-% before it can split it into characters and syllables, and all described
-% constructs are only allowed because the package explicitly implements them.
-%
-% \begin{verblist}{1}
-% \item[Accents: \so{na\"\i ve}]
-%   Accents can be used naturally.
-%   Support for the following accents is built-in: |\`|, |\'|, |\^|, |\"|, |\~|,
-%   |\=|, |\.|, |\u|, |\v|, |\H|, |\t|, |\c|, |\d|, |\b|, and |\r|. Additionally,
-%   if the \package{german} package \cite{german} is loaded you can also use the |"|
-%   accent command and write |\so{na"ive}|. See section~\ref{sec:soulaccent} for how to add
-%   further accents.
-% \item[Quotes: \so{``quotes''}]
-%   The \soul\ package recognizes the quotes ligatures |``|, |''| and |,,|.
-%   The Spanish ligatures |!`| and |?`| are not recognized and have, thus,
-%   to be written enclosed in braces like in |\caps{{!`}Hola!}|.
-% \item[Mathematics: \so{foo$x^3$bar}]
-%   Mathematic formulas are allowed, as long as they are
-%   surrounded by~\texttt\$. Note that the \LaTeX\
-%   equivalent |\(...\)| does not work.
-% \item[Hyphens and dashes: \so{re-sent}]
-%   Explicit hyphens as well as en-dashes~(|--|), em-dashes~(|---|)
-%   and the |\slash| command work as usual.
-% \item[Newlines: \so{new\\line}]
-%   The |\\|~command fills the current line with white space
-%   and starts a new line. Spaces or linebreaks afterwards are ignored.
-%   Unlike the original \LaTeX\ command \soul's version does not handle
-%   optional parameters like in |\\*[1ex]|.
-% \item[Breaking lines: \so{foo\linebreak bar}]
-%   The \cs{\linebreak} command breaks the line without
-%   filling it with white space at the end. \soul's version
-%   does not handle optional parameters like in |\linebreak[1]|.
-%   \cs{\break} can be used as a synonym.
-% \item[Unbreakable spaces: \so{don't~break}]
-%   The |~|~command sets an unbreakable space.
-% \item[Grouping: \so{Virchow{sche}}]
-%   A pair of braces can be used to let a group of characters
-%   be seen as one entity, so that \soul\ does
-%   for instance not space it out. The contents must, however,
-%   not contain potential hyphenation points. (See~\ref{par:Protecting})
-% \item[Protecting: \so{foo \mbox{little} bar}]
-%   An \cs{\mbox} also lets \soul\ see the contents as one
-%   item, but these may even contain hyphenation points. \cs{\hbox} can
-%   be used as a synonym.
-% \item[Omitting: \so{\soulomit{foo}}]
-%   The contents of \cs{\soulomit} bypass the soul core and are typeset
-%   as is, without being letterspaced or underlined. Hyphenation points are
-%   allowed within the argument. The current font remains active, but can be
-%   overridden with \cs{\normalfont} etc.
-% \item[Font switching commands: \so{foo \texttt{bar}}]
-%   All standard \TeX\ and \LaTeX\ font switching commands are allowed, as
-%   well as the \package{yfonts} package \cite{yfonts} font commands like \cs{\textfrak} etc.
-%   Further commands have to be registered using the \cs{\soulregister}
-%   command (see section~\ref{sec:soulregister}).
-% \item[Breaking up ligatures: \ul{Auf{}lage}]
-%   Use |{}| or \cs{\null} to break up ligatures like `fl' in \cs{\ul}, \cs{\st} and \cs{\hl}
-%   arguments.
-%   This doesn't make sense for \cs{\so} and \cs{\caps}, though, because they break up
-%   every unprotected (ungrouped\slash unboxed) ligature, anyway, and would
-%   then just add undesirable extra space around the additional item.
-% \end{verblist}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \subsection{\texorpdfstring{\dots\ }{... }others don't}
-%
-% Although the new \soul\ is much more robust and forgiving than
-% versions prior to~2.0, there are
-% still some things that are not allowed in arguments.
-% This is due to the complex engine, which has to read and inspect every
-% character before it can hand it over to \TeX's paragraph builder.
-%
-% \begin{verblist}{20}
-% \item[Grouping hyphenatable material: \so{foo {little} bar}]
-%   Grouped characters must not contain hyphenation points. Instead of
-%   |\so{foo {little}}| write |\so{foo \mbox{little}}|. You get a
-%   \texttt{`Re\-con\-struction failed'} error and a black square like
-%   \errsquare\ in the \caps{DVI} file where you violated this rule.
-% \item[Discretionary hyphens: \so{Zu\discretionary{k-}{}{c}ker}]
-%   The argument must not contain discretionary hyphens. Thus, you have to
-%   handle cases like the German word |Zu\discretionary{k-}{}{c}ker| by yourself.
-% \item[Nested soul commands: \ul{foo \so{bar} baz}]
-%   \soul\ commands must not be nested. If you really
-%   need such, put the inner stuff in a box and use this box. It will, of
-%   course, not get broken then.\\
-%   \null\qquad|\newbox\anyboxname|\\
-%   \null\qquad|\sbox\anyboxname{ \so{the worst} }|\\
-%   \null\qquad|\ul{This is by far{\usebox\anyboxname}example!}|\\
-%   yields:\\
-%   \newbox\anyboxname
-%   \sbox\anyboxname{ \so{the worst} }
-%   \null\qquad\ul{This is by far{\usebox\anyboxname}example!}
-% \item[Leaking font switches: \def\foo{\bf bar} \so{\foo baz}]
-%   A hidden font switching command that leaks into its neighborship
-%   causes a \texttt{`Reconstruction failed'} error. To avoid this either
-%   register the `container' (|\soulregister{\foo}{0}|), or limit its
-%   scope as in |\def\foo{{\bf bar}}|. Note that both
-%   solutions yield slightly different results.
-% \item[Material that needs expansion: \so{\romannumeral\year}]
-%   In this example \cs{\so} would try to put space between \cs{\romannumeral}
-%   and \cs{\year}, which can, of course, not work.
-%   You have to expand the argument before you feed it to \soul, or even better:
-%   Wrap the material up in a command sequence and let \soul\ expand it:
-%   |\def\x{\romannumeral\year}| |\so\x|. \soul\ tries hard to expand
-%   enough, yet not too much.
-% \item[Unexpandable material in command sequences: \def\foo{\bar} \so\foo]
-%   Some macros might not be expandable in an \cs{\edef} definition^^A
-%   \footnote{Try \texttt{\string\edef\string\x\char`\{\string\copyright\char`\}}.
-%   Yet \texttt{\string\copyright} works in \soul\ arguments, because it is
-%   explicitly taken care of by the package}
-%   and have to be protected with \cs{\noexpand} in front. This is automatically done
-%   for the following tokens: |~|, \cs{\,}, \cs{\TeX}, \cs{\LaTeX},
-%   \cs{\S}, \cs{\slash}, \cs{\textregistered}, \cs{\textcircled}, and \cs{\copyright},
-%   as well as for all registered fonts and accents. Instead of putting \cs{\noexpand}
-%   manually in front of such commands, as in |\def\foo{foo {\noexpand\bar} bar}| |\so\foo|,
-%   you can also register them as special (see section \ref{sec:soulregister}).
-% \item[Other weird stuff: \so{foo \verb|\bar| baz}]
-%   \soul\ arguments must not contain \LaTeX\ environments, command definitions,
-%   and fancy stuff like |\vadjust|. \soul's |\footnote| command replacement
-%   does not support optional arguments. As long as you are writing simple,
-%   ordinary `horizontal' material, you are on the safe side.
-% \end{verblist}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \begin{table}
-% \begin{center}
-% \catcode`\|=12
-% \newcommand*\pref[1]{{\footnotesize\pageref{cmd:#1}}}
-% \newcommand*\Ast{\rlap{$^\ast$}}
-% \let\m\cs
-% \let\ti\textit
-% \begin{tabular}{r@{\hspace{.6em}}c@{\hspace{.6em}}l}
-% &\hbox to0pt{\hss\footnotesize page\hss}&\\[.5ex]
-% \verb+\so{letterspacing}+&                \pref{so}           &\so{letterspacing}\\
-% \verb+\caps{CAPITALS, Small Capitals}+&   \pref{caps}         &\caps{CAPITALS, Small Capitals}\\
-% \verb+\ul{underlining}+&                  \pref{ul}           &\ul{underlining}\\
-% \verb+\st{striking out}+&                 \pref{st}           &\st{striking out}\\
-% \verb+\hl{highlighting}+&                 \pref{hl}           &highlighting\\
-% \\
-% \verb+\soulaccent{\cs}+&                  \pref{soulaccent}   &\ti{add accent} \cs{\cs} \ti{to accent list}\\
-% \verb+\soulregister{\cs}{0}+&             \pref{soulregister} &\ti{register command} \m{\cs}\\
-% \verb+\sloppyword{text}+&                 \pref{sloppyword}   &\ti{typeset} \m{text} \ti{with stretchable spaces}\\
-% \\
-% \verb+\sodef\cs{1em}{2em}{3em}+&          \pref{sodef}        &\ti{define new spacing command} \m{\cs}\\
-% \verb+\resetso+&                          \pref{resetso}      &\ti{reset} \m{\so} \ti{dimensions}\\
-% \verb+\capsdef{////}{1em}{2em}{3em}+\Ast& \pref{capsdef}      &\ti{define (default)} \m{\caps} \ti{data entry}\\
-% \verb+\capssave{name}+\Ast&               \pref{capssave}     &\ti{save} \m{\caps} \ti{database under name} \rlap{\texttt{name}}\\
-% \verb+\capsselect{name}+\Ast&             \pref{capssave}     &\ti{restore} \m{\caps} \ti{database of name} \rlap{\texttt{name}}\\
-% \verb+\capsreset+\Ast&                    \pref{capsreset}    &\ti{clear caps database}\\
-% \verb+\setul{1ex}{2ex}+&                  \pref{setul}        &\ti{set} \m{\ul} \ti{dimensions}\\
-% \verb+\resetul+&                          \pref{resetul}      &\ti{reset} \m{\ul} \ti{dimensions}\\
-% \verb+\setuldepth{y}+&                    \pref{setuldepth}   &\ti{set underline depth to depth of an} y\\
-% \verb+\setuloverlap{1pt}+&                \pref{setuloverlap} &\ti{set underline overlap width}\\
-% \verb+\setulcolor{red}+&                  \pref{setulcolor}   &\ti{set underline color}\\
-% \verb+\setstcolor{green}+&                \pref{setstcolor}   &\ti{set overstriking color}\\
-% \verb+\sethlcolor{blue}+&                 \pref{sethlcolor}   &\ti{set highlighting color}\\
-% \end{tabular}
-% \caption{List of all available commands. The number points to the
-%          page where the command is described. Those marked
-%          with a little asterisk are only available when the package
-%          is used together with \LaTeX, because they rely on the
-%          \emph{New Font Selection Scheme (NFSS)} used in \LaTeX.}
-% \label{tab:survey}
-% \end{center}
-% \end{table}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \subsection{Troubleshooting}
-%
-% Unfortunately, there's just one helpful error message provided by
-% the \soul\ package, that actually describes the underlying problem. All other
-% messages are generated directly by \TeX\ and show the low-level
-% commands that \TeX\ wasn't happy with. They'll hardly point you
-% to the violated rule as described in the paragraphs above.
-% If you get such a mysterious error message for a line that contains
-% a \soul\ statement, then comment that statement out and see if the message
-% still appears.
-% \texttt{`Incomplete }\cs{\ifcat}\texttt{'} is such a non-obvious message.
-% If the message doesn't appear now, then check the argument for
-% violations of the rules as listed in~\S\S\,20--26.
-%
-%
-%
-% \subsubsection{\texttt{`Reconstruction failed'}}
-%
-% This message appears, if \ref{par:Grouping hyphenatable material} or
-% \ref{par:Leaking font switches} was
-% violated. It is caused by the fact that the reconstruction pass
-% couldn't collect tokens with an overall width of the syllable that
-% was measured by the analyzer. This does either occur when you
-% grouped hyphenatable text or used an unregistered command
-% that influences the syllable width. Font switching commands belong
-% to the latter group. See the above cited sections for how to fix
-% these problems.
-%
-%
-%
-% \subsubsection{Missing characters}
-%
-% If you have redefined the internal font as described in section \ref{sec:internalfont},
-% you may notice that some characters are omitted without any error message
-% being shown. This happens if you have chosen, let's say, a font with
-% only 128~characters like the |cmtt10| font, but are using characters
-% that aren't represented in this font, e.\,g.~characters with codes
-% greater than~127.
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \section{\texorpdfstring{\so{Letterspacing}}{Letterspacing}}
-%
-% \subsection{How it works}
-% \label{sec:so}
-%
-% The base macro for letterspacing is called \describemacro{\so}.
-% It typesets the given argument with \syn{inter-letter space}
-% between every two characters, \syn{inner space} between words
-% and \syn{outer space} before and after the spaced out text.
-% If we let ``$\cdot$'' stand for \syn{inter-letter space}, ``$\ast$''
-% for \syn{inner spaces} and ``$\bullet$'' for \syn{outer
-% spaces,} then the input on the left side of the following table
-% will yield the schematic output on the right side:
-%
-% \begin{center}
-% \def\.{$\cdot$}
-% \def\-{\kern1pt$\ast$\kern1pt}
-% \def\*{$\bullet$}
-% \def\_{\texttt{\char"20}}
-% \begin{tabular}{ccc}
-% 1.& \verb*|XX\so{aaa bbb ccc}YY|&            \textsf{XXa\.a\.a\-b\.b\.b\-c\.c\.cYY}\\
-% 2.& \verb*|XX \so{aaa bbb ccc} YY|&          \textsf{XX\*a\.a\.a\-b\.b\.b\-c\.c\.c\*\kern-1ptYY}\\
-% 3.& \verb*|XX {\so{aaa bbb ccc}} YY|&        \textsf{XX\*a\.a\.a\-b\.b\.b\-c\.c\.c\*\kern-1ptYY}\\
-% 4.& \verb*|XX \null{\so{aaa bbb ccc}}{} YY|& \textsf{XX\_a\.a\.a\-b\.b\.b\-c\.c\.c\_YY}\\
-% \end{tabular}
-% \end{center}
-% ^^A* %                     fool vim (fixes syntax highlighting)
-%
-% \noindent
-% Case~1 shows how letterspacing macros (\cs{\so} and \cs{\caps}) behave if
-% they aren't following or followed by a space: they omit outer space around
-% the \soul\ statement. Case~2 is what you'll mostly need---letterspaced
-% text amidst running text. Following and leading space get replaced by
-% \syn{outer space}. It doesn't matter if there are opening braces before
-% or closing braces afterwards. \soul\ can see through both of them (case~3).
-% Note that leading space has to be at least |5sp| wide to be recognized as
-% space, because \LaTeX\ uses tiny spaces generated by |\hskip1sp| as marker.
-% Case~4 shows how to enforce normal spaces instead of \syn{outer spaces:}
-% Preceding space can be hidden by |\kern0pt| or \cs{\null} or any character.
-% Following space can also be hidden by any token, but note that a typical macro name
-% like \cs{\relax} or \cs{\null} would also hide the space thereafter.
-%
-%
-% The values are predefined for typesetting facsimiles mainly with
-% \emph{Fraktur} fonts.
-% You can define your own spacing
-% macros or overwrite the original \cs{\so} meaning using the macro
-% \describemacro{\sodef}:
-%
-% \begin{syntax}
-% |\sodef|\<cmd>|{|\<font>|}{|\<inter-letter space>|}{|\<inner space>|}{|\<outer space>|}|
-% \end{syntax}
-%
-% The space dimensions, all of which are mandatory, should be defined in terms of |em|
-% letting them grow and shrink with the respective fonts.
-%
-% \begin{example}
-% |\sodef\an{}{.4em}{1em plus1em}{2em plus.1em minus.1em}|
-% \end{example}
-%
-% After that you can type `|\an{example}|' to get
-% {\sodef\an{}{.4em}{1em plus1em}{2em plus.1em minus.1em}^^A
-% `\an{example}'.}
-% The \describemacro{\resetso} command resets \cs{\so}
-% to the default values.
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \subsection{Some examples}
-%
-%^^A=====================================================
-% \begin{examples}
-%
-% \soultest{Ordinary text}
-%   |\so{electrical industry}|
-%   {\so{electrical industry}}
-%
-% \soultest{Use \texttt{\string\-} to mark hyphenation points}
-%   |\so{man\-u\-script}|
-%   {\so{man\-u\-script}}
-%
-% \soultest{Accents are recognized}
-%   |\so{le th\'e\^atre}|
-%   {\so{le th\'e\^atre}}
-%
-% \soultest{\texttt{\string\mbox} and \texttt{\string\hbox} protect material that
-%   contains hyphenation points. The contents are treated as one, unbreakable entity}
-%   |\so{just an \mbox{example}}|
-%   {\so{just an \mbox{example}}}
-%
-% \soultest{Punctuation marks are spaced out, if they are
-%   put into the group}
-%   |\so{inside.} \& \so{outside}.|
-%   {\so{inside.} \& \so{outside}.}
-%
-% \soultest{Space-out skips may be removed by typing \texttt{\string\<}.
-% It's, however, desirable to put the quotation marks out of
-% the argument}
-%   |\so{``\<Pennsylvania\<''}|
-%   {\so{``\<Pennsylvania\<''}}
-%
-% \soultest{Numbers should never be spaced out}
-%   |\so{1\<3 December {1995}}|
-%   {\so{1\<3 December {1995}}}
-%
-% \soultest{Explicit hyphens like |-|, |--| and |---| are recognized.
-%   \texttt{\string\slash} outputs a slash and enables \TeX\ to break the line
-%   afterwards}
-%   |\so{input\slash output}|
-%   {\so{input\slash output}}
-%
-% \soultest{To keep \TeX\ from breaking lines between the hyphen and `jet'
-%   you have to protect the hyphen. This is no \soul\ restriction
-%   but normal \TeX\ behavior}
-%   |\so{\dots and \mbox{-}jet}|
-%   {\so{\dots and \mbox{-}jet}}
-%
-% \soultest{The \texttt{\~} command inhibits line breaks}
-%   |\so{unbreakable~space}|
-%   {\so{unbreakable~space}}
-%
-% \soultest{\texttt{\string\\} works as usual. Additional arguments
-%   like \texttt{*} or vertical space are not accepted, though}
-%   |\so{broken\\line}|
-%   {\so{broken\\line}}
-%
-% \soultest{\texttt{\string\break} breaks the line without filling it with white space}
-%   |\so{pretty awful\break test}|
-%   {\so{pretty awful\break test}}
-%
-% \end{examples}
-%^^A=====================================================
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \subsection[Typesetting \texorpdfstring{\caps{caps-and-small-caps}}{caps-and-small-caps} fonts]
-%       {Typesetting capitals-and-small-capitals fonts}
-%
-% There is a special letterspacing command called \describemacro{\caps},
-% which differs from \cs{\so} in that it switches to caps-and-small-caps
-% font shape, defines only slight spacing and is able to select spacing
-% value sets from a database. This is a requirement for high-quality
-% typesetting \cite{Tschichold}. The following lines show the effect
-% of \cs{\caps} in comparison with the normal textfont and with
-% small-capitals shape:
-%
-% \def\sampletext{DONAUDAMPFSCHIFFAHRTSGESELLSCHAFT}
-% \medskip\noindent
-% \begin{tabular}{rl}
-% |\normalfont|&\sampletext\\
-% |\scshape|&{\scshape\sampletext}\\
-% |\caps|&\caps\sampletext\\
-% ^^A|\person|&\person\sampletext\\
-% \end{tabular}
-%
-% \medbreak\noindent
-% The \cs{\caps} font database is by default empty, i.\,e., it contains
-% just a single default entry, which yields the result as shown in the
-% example above.
-% New font entries may be added \emph{on top} of this list using the \describemacro{\capsdef}
-% command, which takes five arguments: The first argument describes the font with
-% \emph{encoding, family, series, shape,} and \emph{size,}^^A
-% \footnote{as defined by the \caps{NFSS}, the ``New Font Selection Scheme''}
-% each optionally
-% (e.\,g.~|OT1/cmr/m/n/10| for this very font, or only |/ppl///12| for all
-% \emph{palatino} fonts at size 12\,pt). The \emph{size} entry may also contain
-% a size range (\texttt{5-10}), where zero is assumed for an omitted lower
-% boundary (\texttt{-10}) and a very, very big number for an omitted upper
-% boundary (\texttt{5-}). The
-% upper boundary is not included in the range, so, in the example below, all
-% fonts with sizes greater or equal 5\,pt and smaller than 15\,pt are accepted
-% ($5\,\mbox{pt}\le size<15\,\mbox{pt}$).
-% The second argument may contain font switching commands such as \cs{\scshape},
-% it may as well be empty or contain debugging commands (e.\,g.~|\message{*}|).
-% The remaining three, mandatory arguments are the spaces as described in
-% section~\ref{sec:so}.
-%
-% \begin{example}
-% |\capsdef{T1/ppl/m/n/5-15}{\scshape}{.16em}{.4em}{.2em}|
-% \end{example}
-%
-% The \cs{\caps} command goes through the data list from top to bottom
-% and picks up the first matching set, so the order of definition is essential.
-% The last added entry is examined first, while the pre-defined default entry
-% will be examined last and will match any font, if no entry was taken before.
-%
-% To override the default values, just define a new default entry using
-% the identifier |{////}|. This entry should be defined first, because no
-% entry after it can be reached.
-%
-% The \cs{\caps} database can be cleared with the \describemacro{\capsreset}
-% command and will only contain the default entry thereafter. The
-% \describemacro{\capssave} command saves the whole current database
-% under the given name. \describemacro{\capsselect} restores such a database.
-% This allows to predefine different groups of \cs{\caps} data sets:
-%
-% \begin{example}
-% |\capsreset|\\
-% |\capsdef{/cmss///12}{}{12pt}{23pt}{34pt}|\\
-% |\capsdef{/cmss///}{}{1em}{2em}{3em}|\\
-% |...|\\
-% |\capssave{wide}|\\
-% \end{example}
-% \indent
-% \begin{example}
-% |%---------------------------------------|\\
-% |\capsreset|\\
-% |\capsdef{/cmss///}{}{.1em}{.2em}{.3em}|\\
-% |...|\\
-% |\capssave{narrow}|\\
-% \end{example}
-% \indent
-% \begin{example}
-% |%---------------------------------------|\\
-% |{\capsselect{wide}|\\
-% |\title{\caps{Yet Another Silly Example}}|\\
-% |}|\\
-% \end{example}
-%
-% See the `|example.cfg|' file for a detailed example.
-% If you have defined a bunch of sets for different fonts and sizes,
-% you may lose control over what fonts are used by the package. With the
-% package option \DescribeOption{capsdefault}\option{capsdefault} selected,
-% \cs{\caps} prints its argument underlined, if no set was specified for a
-% particular font and the default set had to be used.
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \subsection{Typesetting Fraktur}
-% \label{sec:fraktur}
-%
-% Black letter fonts^^A
-%^^A%%
-%   \footnote{See the great black letter fonts, which \person{Yannis Haralambous}
-%   kindly provided, and the \package{oldgerm} and \package{yfonts} package~\cite{yfonts}
-%   as their \LaTeX\ interfaces.}
-%^^A%%
-% deserve some additional considerations. As stated in section~\ref{sec:typesetting},
-% the ligatures |ch|, |ck|, |sz|~(\cs{\ss}), and~|tz| have to remain unbroken in spaced out
-% \emph{Fraktur} text.  This may look strange at first glance, but you'll get used to it:
-%
-% \begin{example}
-% |\textfrak{\so{S{ch}u{tz}vorri{ch}tung}}|
-% \end{example}
-%
-% You already know that grouping keeps the |soul| mechanism from separating such ligatures.
-% This is quite important for |s:|, |a*|, and~|"a|. As hyphenation is stronger than
-% grouping, especially the |sz| may cause an error, if hyphenation happens to occur between
-% the letters |s| and~|z|. (\TeX\ hyphenates the German word |auszer| wrongly like
-% |aus-zer| instead of like |au-szer|, because the German hyphenation patterns
-% do, for good reason, not see |sz| as `\cs{\ss}'.) In such cases you can protect tokens with the
-% sequence e.\,g.~|\mbox{sz}| or a properly defined command. The \cs{\ss} command,
-% which is defined by the \package{yfonts} package, and similar commands will suffice as well.
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \subsection{Dirty tricks}
-% \label{sec:dirtytricks}
-%
-% Narrow columns are hard to set, because they don't allow much spacing
-% flexibility, hence long words often cause overfull boxes. A macro
-% could use \cs{\so} to insert stretchability between the single
-% characters. Table~\ref{tab:dirtytricks} shows some text typeset with such
-% a macro at the left side and under \emph{plain} conditions at
-% the right side, both with a width of~6\,pc.
-%
-% \def\sampletext{Some magazines and newspapers prefer this kind of spacing
-% because it reduces hyphenation problems to a minimum\<. Unfortunately\<, such
-% paragraphs aren't especially beautiful\<.}
-% \newbox\dirtytrick
-% \setbox\dirtytrick\vbox{
-% \batchmode     ^^A  we don't want to see all these overfull boxes ...
-% \leavevmode\hspace{0ptplus1fil}
-% \hbox{\parindent0pt\plainsetup\let\<\relax
-%   \vtop{\hsize6pc\raggedright\sampletext}\hskip1em
-%   \vtop{\hsize6pc\magstylepar\sampletext}\hskip1em
-%   \vtop{\hsize6pc\sampletext}\hss}
-% \errorstopmode}
-%
-% \begin{table}
-% \begin{center}
-% \overfullrule5pt
-% \usebox\dirtytrick
-% \caption{Ragged-right, magazine style (using \soul), and block-aligned
-%          in comparison. But, frankly, none of them is really acceptable.
-%          (Don't do this at home, children!)}
-% \label{tab:dirtytricks}
-% \end{center}
-% \end{table}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \section{\texorpdfstring{\ul{Underlining}}{Underlining}}
-%
-% The underlining macros are my answer to Prof.~\person{Knuth'{\normalfont s}}
-% exercise 18.26 from his \TeX{}book~\cite{DEK}. \texttt{:-)} Most of what
-% is said about the macro \describemacro{\ul} is also true of the
-% striking out macro \describemacro{\st} and the highlighting macro \describemacro{\hl},
-% both of which are in fact derived from the former.
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \subsection{Settings}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Underline depth and thickness}
-%
-% The predefined \syn{underline depth} and \syn{thickness}
-% work well with most fonts. They can be changed using the macro \describemacro{\setul}.
-%
-% \begin{syntax}
-% |\setul{|\<underline depth>|}{|\<underline thickness>|}|
-% \end{syntax}
-%
-% Either dimension can be omitted, in which case there has to be
-% an empty pair of braces.
-% Both values should be defined in terms of |ex|, letting them
-% grow and shrink with the respective fonts.
-% The \describemacro{\resetul} command restores the standard values.
-%
-% Another way to set the \syn{underline depth} is to use the macro
-% \describemacro{\setuldepth}. It sets the depth such that the
-% underline's upper edge lies 1\,pt beneath the given argument's
-% deepest depth. If the argument is empty, all
-% letters---i.\,e.\ all characters whose \cs{\catcode} currently
-% equals 11---are taken. Examples:
-%
-% \begin{example}
-% |\setuldepth{ygp}|\\
-% |\setuldepth\strut|\\
-% |\setuldepth{}|\\
-% \end{example}
-%
-%
-%
-% \subsubsection{Line color}
-%
-% The underlines are by default black. The color can be changed by
-% using the \describemacro{\setulcolor} command. It takes one argument that can be any
-% of the color specifiers as described in the |color| package. This package
-% has to be loaded explicitly.
-%
-% \indent
-% \begin{example}
-% |\documentclass{article}|\\
-% |\usepackage{color,soul}|\\
-% |\definecolor{darkblue}{rgb}{0,0,0.5}|\\
-% |\setulcolor{darkblue}|\\
-% \end{example}
-%
-% \indent
-% \begin{example}
-% |\begin{document}|\\
-% |...|\\
-% |\ul{Cave: remove all the underlines!}|\\
-% |...|\\
-% |\end{document}|\\
-% \end{example}
-%
-%
-% The colors for overstriking lines and highlighting are likewise set
-% with \describemacro{\setstcolor} (default: black) and \describemacro{\sethlcolor}
-% (default: yellow). If the \package{color} package wasn't loaded,
-% underlining and overstriking color are black, while highlighting
-% is replaced by underlining.
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \subsubsection{The \program{dvips} problem}
-% \label{sec:dvips}
-%
-% \ul{Underlining}, \st{striking out} and highlighting build up
-% their lines with many short line segments. If you used the `\program{dvips}'
-% program with default settings, you would get little gaps on some places, because
-% the \emph{maxdrift} parameter allows the single objects to drift
-% this many pixels from their real positions.
-% \bigbreak
-%
-% \noindent
-% There are two ways to avoid the problem, where the \soul\ package
-% chooses the second by default:
-% \begin{enumerate}
+% \tableofcontents
+%
+% \section{Documentation}
+%
+% This package \xpackage{soul} does not have own options and does not
+% define new user commands.
+% Any option is passed to package \xpackage{soul-ori} \cite{soul}
+% that is loaded first.
+% Then some internal macros of \xpackage{soul-ori} are redefined to add
+% support for UTF-8.
+% The following input encodings are supported:
+% \begin{quote}
+%   \begin{tabular}{@{}lll@{}}
+%     \texttt{utf8} & \LaTeX\ base &
+%        \xfile{TDS:tex/latex/base/utf8.def} \cite{utf8}\\
+%     \texttt{utf8x} & Package \xpackage{ucs} &
+%       \xfile{TDS:tex/latex/ucs/utf8x.def} \cite{ucs}\\
+%   \end{tabular}
+% \end{quote}
+% UTF-8 byte sequences are added as token group to a word, even
+% if these UTF-8 characters are some kind of hyphen or space.
+% As exception the following three Unicode characters are handled specially:
+% \begin{quote}
+%   \begin{tabular}{lll}
+%     Slot & Name & Action\\
+%     \hline
+%     \texttt{U+00A0} & NO-BREAK SPACE & like |~|\\
+%     \texttt{U+2013} & EN DASH & |--|\\
+%     \texttt{U+2014} & EM DASH & |---|
+%   \end{tabular}
+%
+% \subsection{Patch}
+%
+% Also package \xpackage{soul} tries to patch package \xpackage{soul-ori}
+% to improve its behaviour:
+% \begin{itemize}
 % \item
-%   Set the \emph{maxdrift} value to zero, e.\,g.: |dvips -e 0 file.dvi|.
-%   This is probably not a good idea, since the letters may then no longer be
-%   spaced equally on low resolution printers.
+%   A problem with additional levels of curly braces is fixed.
+%   As advantage more implicite kernings are detected.
+%   However, the result may be incompatible with the
+%   original behaviour of package \xpackage{soul-ori} because
+%   of these respected implicite kernings.
 % \item
-%   Let the lines stick out by a certain amount on each side so that they
-%   overlap. This overlap amount can be set using the \describemacro{\setuloverlap}
-%   command. It is set to 0.25\,pt by default. |\setuloverlap{0pt}| turns overlapping off.
-% \end{enumerate}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \subsection{Some examples}
-%
-%^^A=====================================================
-% \begin{examples}
-%
-% \soultest{Ordinary text}
-%   |\ul{electrical industry}|
-%   {\ul{electrical industry}}
-%
-% \soultest{Use \texttt{\string\-} to mark hyphenation points}
-%   |\ul{man\-u\-script}|
-%   {\ul{man\-u\-script}}
-%
-% \soultest{Accents are recognized}
-%   |\ul{le th\'e\^atre}|
-%   {\ul{le th\'e\^atre}}
-%
-% \soultest{\texttt{\string\mbox} and \texttt{\string\hbox} protect material that
-%   contains hyphenation points. The contents are treated as one, unbreakable entity}
-%   |\ul{just an \mbox{example}}|
-%   {\ul{just an \mbox{example}}}
-%
-% \soultest{Explicit hyphens like |-|, |--| and |---| are recognized.
-%   \texttt{\string\slash} outputs a slash and enables \TeX\ to break the line
-%   afterwards}
-%   |\ul{input\slash output}|
-%   {\ul{input\slash output}}
-%
-% \soultest{To keep \TeX\ from breaking lines between the hyphen and `jet'
-%   you have to protect the hyphen. This is no \soul\ restriction
-%   but normal \TeX\ behavior}
-%   |\ul{\dots and \mbox{-}jet}|
-%   {\ul{\dots and \mbox{-}jet}}
-%
-% \soultest{The \texttt{\~} command inhibits line breaks}
-%   |\ul{unbreakable~space}|
-%   {\ul{unbreakable~space}}
-%
-% \soultest{\texttt{\string\\} works as usual. Additional arguments
-%   like \texttt{*} or vertical space are not accepted, though}
-%   |\ul{broken\\line}|
-%   {\ul{broken\\line}}
-%
-% \soultest{\texttt{\string\break} breaks the line without filling it with white space}
-%   |\ul{pretty awful\break test}|
-%   {\ul{pretty awful\break test}}
-%
-% \soultest{Italic correction needs to be set manually}
-%   |\ul{foo \emph{bar\/} baz}|
-%   {\ul{foo \emph{bar\/} baz}}
-%
-% \end{examples}
-%^^A=====================================================
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \section{Customization}
-%
-% \subsection{Adding accents}
-% \label{sec:soulaccent}
-%
-% The \soul\ scanner generally sees every input token separately.
-% It has to be taught that some tokens belong together. For accents this is done
-% by registering them via the \describemacro{\soulaccent} macro.
-%
-% \begin{syntax}
-% |\soulaccent{|\<accent command>|}|
-% \end{syntax}
-%
-% The standard accents, however, are already pre-registered:
-% |\`|, |\'|, |\^|, |\"|, |\~|, |\=|, |\.|, |\u|, |\v|, |\H|, |\t|,
-% |\c|, |\d|, |\b|, and |\r|. If used together with the \package{german}
-% package, \soul\ automatically adds the |"| command.
-% Let's assume you have defined |\%| to put some weird accent on
-% the next character. Simply put the following line into your |soul.cfg|
-% file (see section~\ref{sec:config}):
-%
-% \begin{example}
-% |\soulaccent{\%}|
-% \end{example}
-%
-% Note that active characters like the |"| command have already
-% to be \cs{\active} when they are stored or they won't be recognized
-% later. This can be done temporarily, as in |{\catcode\`"\active\soulaccent{"}}|.
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \subsection{Adding font commands}
-% \label{sec:soulregister}
-%
-% To convince \soul\ not to feed font switching (or other)
-% commands to the analyzer, but rather to execute them immediately,
-% they have to be registered, too. The \describemacro{\soulregister} macro
-% takes the name of a command name and either |0| or |1| for the number
-% of arguments:
-%
-% \begin{syntax}
-% |\soulregister{|\<command name>|}{|\<number of arguments>|}|
-% \end{syntax}
-%
-% If \cs{\bf} and \cs{\emph} weren't already registered, you would
-% write the following into your |soul.cfg| configuration file:
-%
-% \begin{example}
-% |\soulregister{\bf}{0}        % {\bf foo}| \\
-% |\soulregister{\emph}{1}      % \emph{bar}|\\
-% \end{example}
-%
+%   \eTeX\ , especially \cs{unexpanded} is supported.
+%   This allows a better protection of token groups
+%   (|\mbox{|\dots|}|, math, \dots).
+% \end{itemize}
+% \end{quote}
 %
-% All standard \TeX\ and \LaTeX\ font commands, as well as the
-% \package{yfonts} commands are already pre-registered:
+% \subsection{Future}
 %
-% \begin{example}
-% |\em, \rm, \bf, \it, \tt, \sc, \sl, \sf, \emph, \textrm,|\\
-% |\textsf, \texttt, \textmd, \textbf, \textup, \textsl,|\\
-% |\textit, \textsc, \textnormal, \rmfamily, \sffamily,|\\
-% |\ttfamily, \mdseries, \upshape, \slshape, \itshape,|\\
-% |\scshape, \normalfont, \tiny, \scriptsize, \footnotesize,|\\
-% |\small, \normalsize, \large, \Large, \LARGE, \huge, \Huge,|\\
-% |\MakeUppercase, \textsuperscript, \footnote,|\\
-% |\textfrak, \textswab, \textgoth, \frakfamily,|\\
-% |\swabfamily, \gothfamily|\\
-% \end{example}
+% Currently package \xpackage{soul-ori} does not seem to be
+% maintained. Nevertheless if there will be a new version that
+% adds support for UTF-8, then this package may become
+% obsolete.
 %
-% You can also register other commands as fonts, so the
-% analyzer won't see them. This may be necessary for some
-% macros that \soul\ refuses to typeset correctly.
-% But note, that \cs{\so} and \cs{\caps} won't put their
-% letter-skips around then.
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \subsection{Changing the internal font}
-% \label{sec:internalfont}
-%
-% The \soul\ package uses the |ectt1000| font while it analyzes
-% the syllables. This font is used, because it
-% has 256~mono-spaced characters without any kerning.
-% It belongs to \person{J\"org Knappen'\textrm{s}}
-% \caps{EC}-fonts, which should be part of every modern \TeX\ installation.
-% If \TeX\ reports ``\texttt{I can't find file `ectt1000'}'' you don't
-% seem to have this font installed. It is recommended that
-% you install at least the file |ectt1000.tfm| which has less than 1.4\,kB\null.
-% Alternatively, you can let the \soul\ package use the |cmtt10| font that
-% is part of any installation, or some other mono-spaced font:
-%
-% \begin{example}
-% |\font\SOUL@tt=cmtt10|
-% \end{example}
-%
-% Note, however, that \soul\ does only handle characters,
-% for which the internal font has a character with the same
-% character code. As |cmtt10| contains only characters with codes
-% 0 to~127, you can't typeset characters with codes 128 to~255.
-% These 8-bit character codes are used by many fonts with non-ascii
-% glyphs. So the |cmtt10| font will, for example, not work for |T2A|
-% encoded cyrillic characters.
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \subsection{The configuration file}
-% \label{sec:config}
-%
-% If you want to change the predefined settings or add new features,
-% then create a file named `|soul.cfg|' and put it in a directory, where \TeX\
-% can find it. This configuration file will then be loaded
-% at the end of the |soul.sty| file, so you may redefine
-% any settings or commands therein, select package options and even
-% introduce new ones. But if you intend to give
-% your documents to others, don't forget to give them the
-% required configuration files, too! That's how such a file
-% could look like:
-%
-% \indent
-% \begin{example}
-% |% define macros for logical markup|\\
-% |\sodef\person{\scshape}{0.125em}{0.4583em}{0.5833em}|\\
-% \\
-% |\sodef\SOUL@@@versal{\upshape}{0.125em}{0.4583em}{0.5833em}|\\
-% |\DeclareRobustCommand*\versal[1]{%|\\
-% |    \MakeUppercase{\SOUL@@@versal{#1}}%|\\
-% |}|\\
-% \end{example}
-%
-% \indent
-% \begin{example}
-% |% load the color package and set|\\
-% |% a different highlighting color|\\
-% |\RequirePackage{color}|\\
-% |\definecolor{lightblue}{rgb}{.90,.95,1}|\\
-% |\sethlcolor{lightblue}|\\
-% |\endinput|
-% \end{example}
-%
-% You can safely use the |\SOUL@@@| namespace for internal macros---it
-% won't be used by the \soul\ package in the future.
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \section{Miscellaneous}
-%
-% \subsection{Using \texorpdfstring{\soul\ }{soul }with other flavors of \texorpdfstring{\TeX}{TeX}}
-% \label{sec:plain}
-%
-% This documentation describes how to use \soul\ together
-% with \LaTeXe, for which it is optimized. It works, however, with
-% all other flavors of \TeX, too. There are just some minor restrictions
-% for Non-\LaTeX\ use:
-%
-% The \cs{\caps} command doesn't use a database, it is only a dumb
-% definition with fixed values. It switches to \cs{\capsfont}, which---unless
-% defined explicitly like in the following example---won't really change
-% the used font at all. The commands \cs{\capsreset} and \cs{\capssave}
-% do nothing.
-%
-% \begin{example}
-% |\font\capsfont=cmcsc10|\\
-% |\caps{Tschichold}|\\
-% \end{example}
-%
-% None of the commands are made `robust', so they have to be
-% explicitly protected in fragile environments like in \cs{\write}
-% statements.
-% To make use of colored underlines or highlighting you have to
-% use the \package{color} package wrapper from \caps{CTAN}^^A
-% \footnote{\texttt{CTAN:/macros/plain/graphics/\char`\{miniltx.tex,color.tex\char`\}}},
-% instead of the \package{color} package directly:
-%
-% \begin{example}
-% |\input color|\\
-% |\input soul.sty|\\
-% |\hl{highlighted}|\\
-% |\bye|\\
-% \end{example}
-%
-% The \option{capsdefault} package option is mapped to a simple command
-% \describemacro{\capsdefault}.
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \subsection{Using \texorpdfstring{\soul\ }{soul }commands for logical markup}
-% \label{sec:markup}
-%
-% It's generally a bad idea to use font style commands like \cs{\textsc}
-% in running text. There should always be some reasoning behind changing
-% the style, such as ``names of persons shall be typeset in a caps-and-small-caps
-% font''. So you declare in your text just that some words are the name of a
-% person, while you define in the preamble or, even better, in a separate
-% style file how to deal with persons:
-%
-% \begin{example}
-% |\newcommand*\person{\textsc}|\\
-% |...|\\
-% |``I think it's a beautiful day to go to the zoo and feed|\\
-% |the ducks. To the lions.'' --~\person{Brian Kantor}|\\
-% \end{example}
-%
-% It's quite simple to use \soul\ commands that way:
-%
-% \begin{example}
-% |\newcommand\comment*{\ul}             % or \let\comment=\ul|\\
-% |\sodef\person{\scshape}{0.125em}{0.4583em}{0.5833em}|\\
-% \end{example}
-%
-% Letterspacing commands like \cs{\so} and \cs{\caps} have to
-% check whether they are followed by white space, in which case
-% they replace that space by \syn{outer space}. Note that \soul\
-% does look through closing braces. Hence you can conveniently bury
-% a \soul\ command within another macro like in the following
-% example. Use any other token to hide following space if necessary,
-% for example the \cs{\null} macro.
-%
-% \begin{example}
-% |\DeclareRobustCommand*\versal[1]{%|\\
-% |    \MakeUppercase{\SOUL@@@versal{#1}}%|\\
-% |}|\\
-% |\sodef\SOUL@@@versal{\upshape}{0.125em}{0.4583em}{0.5833em}|\\
-% \end{example}
-%
-%
-% But what if the \soul\ command is for some reason not the last one
-% in that macro definition and thus cannot look ahead at the following token?
-%
-%
-% \begin{example}
-% |\newcommand*\somsg[1]{\so{#1}\message{#1}}|\\
-% |...|\\
-% |foo \somsg{bar} baz       % wrong spacing after `bar'!|\\
-% \end{example}
-%
-% In this case you won't get the following space replaced by \emph{outer space}
-% because when \soul\ tries to look ahead, it only sees the token
-% \cs{\message} and consequently decides that there is no space to replace.
-% You can get around this by explicitly calling the space scanner again.
-%
-% \begin{example}
-% |\newcommand*\somsg[1]{{%|\\
-% |    \so{#1}%|\\
-% |    \message{bar}%|\\
-% |    \let\\\SOUL@socheck|\\
-% |    \\%|\\
-% |}}|\\
-% \end{example}
-%
-% However, \cs{\SOUL@socheck} can't be used directly, because it would discard
-% any normal space. \cs{\\} doesn't have this problem.
-% The additional pair of braces avoids that its definition leaks out
-% of this macro. In the example above you could, of course, simply
-% have put \cs{\message} in front, so you hadn't needed to
-% use the scanner macro \cs{\SOUL@socheck} at all.
-%
-% Many packages do already offer logical markup commands that default
-% to some standard \LaTeX\ font commands or to \cs{\relax}. One example
-% is the \package{jurabib} package~\cite{jurabib}, which makes the use of
-% \soul\ a challenge. This package implements lots of
-% formatting macros. Let's have a look at one of them, \cs{\jbauthorfont},
-% which is used to typeset author names in citations.
-% The attempt to simply
-% define |\let\jbauthorfont\caps| fails, because the macro isn't directly
-% applied to the author name as in |\jbauthorfont{Don Knuth}|, but
-% to another command sequence: |\jbauthorfont{\jb@@author}|. Not even
-% \cs{\jb@@author} contains the name, but instead further commands that
-% at last yield the requested name. That's why we have to expand
-% the contents first. This is quite tricky, because we must not
-% expand too much, either. Fortunately, we can offer the contents
-% wrapped up in yet another macro, so that \soul\ knows that it has to
-% use its own macro expansion mechanism:
-%
-% \begin{example}
-% |\renewcommand*\jbauthorfont[1]{{%|\\
-% |    \def\x{#1}%|\\
-% |    \caps\x|\\
-% |}}|\\
-% \end{example}
-%
-% Some additional kerning after |\caps\x| wouldn't hurt, because
-% the look-ahead scanner is blinded by further commands that follow
-% in the \package{jurabib} package. Now we run into the next problem:
-% cited names may contain commands
-% that must not get expanded. We have to register them as special
-% command:
-%
-% \begin{example}
-% |\soulregister\jbbtasep{0}|\\
-% |...|\\
-% \end{example}
-%
-% But such registered commands bypass \soul's kernel and we don't
-% get the correct spacing before and afterwards. So we end up
-% redefining \cs{\jbbtasep}, whereby you should, of course, use
-% variables instead of numbers:
-%
-% \begin{example}
-% |\renewcommand*\jbbtasep{%|\\
-% |    \kern.06em|\\
-% |    \slash|\\
-% |    \hskip.06em|\\
-% |    \allowbreak|\\
-% |}|\\
-% \end{example}
-%
-% Another problem arises: bibliography entries that must not get
-% teared apart are supposed to be enclosed in additional braces.
-% This, however, won't work with \soul\ because of
-% \ref{par:Grouping hyphenatable material}. A simple trick will
-% get you around that problem: define a dummy command that only
-% outputs its argument, and register that command:
-%
-% \begin{example}
-% |\newcommand*\together[1]{#1}|\\
-% |\soulregister\together{1}|\\
-% \end{example}
-%
-% Now you can write ``|Author = {\together{Don Knuth}}|'' and
-% \package{jurabib} won't dare to reorder the parts of the name.
-% And what if some name shouldn't get letterspaced at all? Overriding
-% a conventional font style like \cs{\textbf} that was globally
-% set is trivial, you just have to specify the style that you
-% prefer in that very bibliography entry. In our example, if we
-% wanted to keep \soul\ from letterspacing a particular entry,
-% although they are all formatted by our \cs{\jbauthorfont}
-% and hence fed to \cs{\caps}, we'd use the following construction:
-%
-% \begin{example}
-% |Author = {\soulomit{\normalfont\huge Donald E. Knuth}}|\\
-% \end{example}
-%
-% The \package{jurabib} package is probably one of the more
-% demanding packages to collaborate with \soul. Everything else
-% can just become easier.
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \subsection{Typesetting long words in narrow columns}
-% \label{sec:sloppyword}
-%
-% Narrow columns are best set |flushleft|, because not even the best
-% hyphenation algorithm can guarantee acceptable line breaks without
-% overly stretched spaces.
-% However, in some rare cases one may be \emph{forced} to typeset
-% block aligned. When typesetting in languages like German, where
-% there are really long words, the \describemacro{\sloppyword} macro
-% might help a little bit. It adds enough stretchability between the
-% single characters to make the hyphenation algorithm happy, but
-% is still not as ugly as the example in section~\ref{sec:dirtytricks}
-% demonstrates. In the following example the left column was typeset
-% as ``|Die \sloppyword{Donau...novelle} wird ...|'':
-%
-% \begin{center}
-% \def\word{Do\-nau\-dampf\-schiff\-fahrts\-ge\-sell\-schafts\-^^A
-%   ka\-pi\-t\"ans\-wit\-wen\-pen\-si\-ons\-ge\-setz\-no\-vel\-le}
-% \begin{minipage}{1.5in}
-% \plainsetup
-% Die
-% \expandafter\sloppyword\expandafter{\word}
-% wird mit sofortiger Wirkung au\ss er Kraft gesetzt.
-% \end{minipage}
-% \hspace{1em}
-% \batchmode
-% \begin{minipage}{1.5in}
-% \plainsetup
-% Die \word\ wird mit sofortiger Wirkung au\ss er Kraft gesetzt.
-% \end{minipage}
-% \errorstopmode
-% \end{center}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \subsection{Using \texorpdfstring{\soul\ }{soul }commands in section headings}
-%
-% Letterspacing was often used for section titles in the past,
-% mostly centered and with a closing period. The following example
-% shows how to achieve this using the \package{titlesec}
-% package \cite{titlesec}:
-%
-% \begin{example}
-% |\newcommand*\periodafter[2]{#1{#2}.}|\\
-% |\titleformat{\section}[block]|\\
-% |    {\normalfont\centering}|\\
-% |    {\thesection.}|\\
-% |    {.66em}|\\
-% |    {\periodafter\so}|\\
-% |...|\\
-% |\section{Von den Maassen und Maassst\"aben}|\\
-% \end{example}
-%
-% \bigbreak
-% This yields the following output:
-%
-% \bigskip
-% \newbox\examplebox
-% \sbox\examplebox{
-% \begin{minipage}{.9\textwidth}
-% \small
-% \bigskip
-% \begin{center}
-% \so{1\<. Von den Maassen und Maassst\"aben}.
-% \bigskip
-% \end{center}
-% \end{minipage}}
-% \fbox{\usebox\examplebox}
-% \bigbreak
-%
-% \noindent
-% The \cs{\periodafter} macro adds a period to the title, but not to
-% the entry in the table of contents. It takes the name of a command as
-% argument, that shall be applied to the title, for example~\cs{\so}.
-% Here's a more complicated and complete example:
-%
-% \begin{example}
-% |\documentclass{article}|\\
-% |\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}|\\
-% |\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}|\\
-% |\usepackage{german,soul}|\\
-% |\usepackage[indentfirst]{titlesec}|\\
-% \end{example}
-%
-% \indent
-% \begin{example}
-% |\newcommand*\sectitle[1]{%|\\
-% |    \MakeUppercase{\so{#1}.}\\[.66ex]|\\
-% |    \rule{13mm}{.4pt}}|\\
-% |\newcommand*\periodafter[2]{#1{#2.}}|\\
-% \end{example}
-%
-% \indent
-% \begin{example}
-% |\titleformat{\section}[display]|\\
-% |    {\normalfont\centering}|\\
-% |    {\S. \thesection.}|\\
-% |    {2ex}|\\
-% |    {\sectitle}|\\
-% \end{example}
-%
-% \indent
-% \begin{example}
-% |\titleformat{\subsection}[block]|\\
-% |    {\normalfont\centering\bfseries}|\\
-% |    {\thesection.}|\\
-% |    {.66em}|\\
-% |    {\periodafter\relax}|\\
-% \end{example}
-%
-% \indent
-% \begin{example}
-% |\begin{document}|\\
-% |\section{Von den Maassen und Maassst\"aben}|\\
-% |\subsection{Das L\"angenmaass im Allgemeinen}|\\
-% \\
-% |Um L\"angen genau messen und vergleichen zu k\"onnen,|\\
-% |bedarf es einer gewissen, bestimmten Einheit, mit der|\\
-% |man untersucht, wie oft sie selbst, oder ihre Theile,|\\
-% |in der zu bestimmenden L\"ange enthalten sind.|\\
-% |...|\\
-% |\end{document}|
-% \end{example}
-%
-% \bigbreak
-% This example gives you roughly the following output,
-% which is a facsimile from~\cite{Muszynski}.
-%
-% \bigskip
-% \sbox\examplebox{
-% \begin{minipage}{.9\textwidth}
-% \small
-% \bigskip
-% \begin{center}
-% \S. 1.\\[2ex]
-% \so{VON DEN MAASSEN UND MAASSST\"ABEN}.\\[.66ex]
-% \rule{12mm}{.4pt}\\[1.66ex]
-% \textbf{1. Das L\"angenmaass im Allgemeinen.}\\[.66em]
-% \end{center}
-% \leavevmode\qquad
-% Um L\"angen genau messen und vergleichen zu k\"onnen,
-% bedarf es einer gewissen, bestimmten Einheit, mit der
-% man untersucht, wie oft sie selbst, oder ihre Theile,
-% in der zu bestimmenden L\"ange enthalten sind.
-% \bigskip
-% \end{minipage}}
-% \fbox{\usebox\examplebox}
-% \bigbreak
-%
-% \noindent
-% Note that the definition of \cs{\periodafter} decides if
-% the closing period shall be spaced out with the title (1), or
-% follow without space (2):
-%
-% \begin{example}
-% 1.\qquad|\newcommand*\periodafter[2]{#1{#2.}}|\\
-% 2.\qquad|\newcommand*\periodafter[2]{#1{#2}.}|\\
-% \end{example}
-%
-%
-%
-% \noindent
-% If you need to underline section titles, you can easily
-% do it with the help of the \package{titlesec} package. The following
-% example underlines the section title, but not the section
-% number:
-%
-% \begin{example}
-% |\titleformat{\section}|\\
-% |    {\LARGE\titlefont}|\\
-% |    {\thesection}|\\
-% |    {.66em}|\\
-% |    {\ul}|\\
-% \end{example}
-%
-% \noindent
-% The \cs{\titlefont} command is provided by the \caps{``\small{KOMA}}~script''
-% package. You can write |\normalfont\sffamily\bfseries| instead.
-% The following example does additionally underline the section number:
-%
-% \begin{example}
-% |\titleformat{\section}|\\
-% |    {\LARGE\titlefont}|\\
-% |    {\ul{\thesection{\kern.66em}}}|\\
-% |    {0pt}|\\
-% |    {\ul}|\\
-% \end{example}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \section{How the package works}
-%
-% \subsection{The kernel}
-% \so{Letterspacing,} \ul{underlining}, \st{striking out} and highlighting
-% use the same kernel. It lets a \emph{word scanner} run over the given argument,
-% which inspects every token. If a token is a command registered via \cs{\soulregister},
-% it is executed immediately. Other tokens are only counted and trigger some action
-% when a certain number is reached (quotes and dashes). Three subsequent `|-|', for example,
-% trigger |\SOUL@everyexhyphen{---}|. A third group leads to special actions,
-% like |\mbox| that starts reading-in a whole group to protect its contents and let them be
-% seen as one entity. All other tokens, mostly characters and digits, are collected in
-% a word register, which is passed to the analyzer, whenever a whole word was read in.
-%
-% The analyzer typesets the word in a 1\,sp ($=\frac1{65536}$\,pt) wide \cs{\vbox},
-% hence encouraging \TeX\ to break lines at every possible hyphenation point. It
-% uses the mono-spaced \cs{\SOUL@tt} font (|ectt1000|), so as to avoid any inter-character
-% kerning. Now the \cs{\vbox} is decomposed splitting off \cs{\hbox} after \cs{\hbox}
-% from the bottom. All boxes, each of which contains one syllable, are pushed onto a
-% stack, which is provided by \TeX's grouping mechanism. When returning from the
-% recursion, box after box is fetched from the stack, its width measured and fed to the
-%``reconstructor''.
-%
-% This reconstruction macro (\cs{\SOUL@dosyllable}) starts to read tokens
-% from the just analyzed word until the given syllable
-% width is obtained. This is repeated for each syllable. Every time the engine
-% reaches a relevant state, the corresponding driver macro is executed
-% and, if necessary, provided with some data. There is a macro that is
-% executed for each token, one for each syllable, one for each space etc\null.
-%
-% The engine itself doesn't know how to letterspace or to underline. It
-% just tells the selected driver about the structure of the given argument.
-% There's a default driver (\cs{\SOUL@setup}) that does only set the
-% interface macros to a reasonable default state, but doesn't really do anything.
-% Further drivers can safely inherit these settings and only need to
-% redefine what they want to change.
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \subsection{The interface}
-% \label{sec:interface}
-%
-% \subsubsection{The registers}
-%
-% The package offers eight interface macros that can be used to define
-% the required actions. Some of the macros receive data as macro parameter
-% or in special \emph{token} or \emph{dimen} registers. Here is a list of
-% all available registers:
-%
-% \begin{labeling}{\hspace{.36\hsize}}
-% \item[\texttt{\string\SOUL@token}]
-%   This token register contains the current token. It has to be used as |\the\SOUL@token|.
-%   The macro \cs{\SOUL@gettoken} reads the next token into \cs{\SOUL@token} and
-%   can be used in any interface macro. If you don't want to lose the old meaning,
-%   you have to save it explicitly. \cs{\SOUL@puttoken} pushes the token
-%   back into the queue, without changing \cs{\SOUL@token}. You can only
-%   put one token back, otherwise you get an error message.
-% \item[\texttt{\string\SOUL@lasttoken}]
-%   This token register contains the last token.
-% \item[\texttt{\string\SOUL@syllable}]
-%   This token register contains all tokens that were already collected for
-%   the current syllable. When used in \cs{\SOUL@everysyllable}, it
-%   contains the \emph{whole} syllable.
-% \item[\texttt{\string\SOUL@charkern}]
-%   This dimen register contains the kerning value between the current and the next character.
-%   Since most character pairs don't require a kerning value to be applied and the
-%   output in the logfile shouldn't be cluttered with |\kern0pt| it is
-%   recommended to write |\SOUL@setkern\SOUL@charkern|, which sets
-%   kerning for non-zero values only.
-% \item[\texttt{\string\SOUL@hyphkern}]
-%   This dimen register contains the kerning value between the current character
-%   and the hyphen character or, when used in \cs{\SOUL@everyexhyphen}, the
-%   kerning between the last character and the explicit hyphen.
-% \end{labeling}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \subsubsection{The interface macros}
-%
-% The following list describes each of the interface macros and which
-% registers it can rely on. The mark between label and description
-% will be used in section \ref{sec:interfaceexamples} to show when
-% the macros are executed. The addition |#1| means that the macro
-% takes one argument.
-%
-% \begin{labeling}{\hspace{.36\hsize}}
-% \def\m#1{\leavevmode\llap{\hbox to1em{\hss#1\hss}\hskip.7em}}
-% \item[\texttt{\string\SOUL@preamble}]\m{$P$}^^A
-%   executed once at the beginning
-% \item[\texttt{\string\SOUL@postamble}]\m{$E$}^^A
-%   executed once at the end
-% \item[\texttt{\string\SOUL@everytoken}]\m{$T$}^^A
-%   executed after scanning a token; It gets that
-%   token in \cs{\SOUL@token} and has to care for inserting
-%   the kerning value \cs{\SOUL@charkern} between this and the next character.
-%   To look at the next character, execute \cs{\SOUL@gettoken}, which
-%   replaces \cs{\SOUL@token} by the next token. This token has to
-%   be put back into the queue using \cs{\SOUL@puttoken}.
-% \item[\texttt{\string\SOUL@everysyllable}]\m{$S$}^^A
-%   This macro is executed after scanning a whole syllable. It gets the
-%   syllable in \cs{\SOUL@syllable}.
-% \item[\texttt{\string\SOUL@everyhyphen}]\m{$-$}^^A
-%   This macro is executed at every implicit hyphenation point.
-%   It is responsible for setting the hyphen and will likely do this
-%   in a \cs{\discretionary} statement. It has to care about the
-%   kerning values. The registers \cs{\SOUL@lasttoken}, \cs{\SOUL@syllable},
-%   \cs{\SOUL@charkern} and \cs{\SOUL@hyphkern} contain useful information.
-%   Note that \cs{\discretionary} inserts \cs{\exhyphenpenalty}
-%   if the first part of the discretionary is empty, and
-%   \cs{\hyphenpenalty} else.
-% \item[\texttt{\string\SOUL@everyexhyphen\#1}]\m{$=$}^^A
-%   This macro is executed at every explicit hyphenation point. The
-%   hyphen `character' (one of hyphen, en-dash, em-dash or \cs{\slash})
-%   is passed as parameter |#1|. A minimal implementation
-%   would be |{#1\penalty\exhyphenpenalty}|. The kerning value
-%   between the last character and the hyphen is passed in \cs{\SOUL@hyphkern},
-%   that between the hyphen and the next character in \cs{\SOUL@charkern}.
-%   The last syllable can be found in \cs{\SOUL@syllable}, the last
-%   character in \cs{\SOUL@lasttoken}.
-% \item[\texttt{\string\SOUL@everyspace\#1}]\m{\texttt{\char`\ }}^^A
-%   This macro is executed between every two words. It is responsible for
-%   setting the space. The engine submits a \cs{\penalty} setting as
-%   parameter |#1| that should be put in front of the space. The
-%   macro should at least do |{#1\space}|. Further information can be found in
-%   \cs{\SOUL@lasttoken} and \cs{\SOUL@syllable}. Note that this macro does not
-%   care for the leading and trailing space. This is the job of
-%   \cs{\SOUL@preamble} and \cs{\SOUL@postamble}.
-% \end{labeling}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \subsubsection{Some examples}
-% \label{sec:interfaceexamples}
-%
-% The above list's middle column shows a mark that indicates in the
-% following examples, when the respective macros are executed:\nopagebreak
-%
-% \begin{labeling}{\hspace{.36\hsize}}
-% \item[\normalfont\an{word}]
-%   \cs{\SOUL@everytoken}$^T$ is executed for every token. \cs{\SOUL@everysyllable}$^S$
-%   is \emph{additionally} executed for every syllable. You will mostly just
-%   want to use either of them.
-% \item[\normalfont\an{one two}]
-%   The macro |\SOUL@everyspace| is executed at every space within
-%   the \soul\ argument. It has to take one argument, that can either
-%   be empty or contain a penalty, that should be applied to the space.
-% \item[\normalfont\an{example}\kern-1em]
-%   The macro |\SOUL@everyhyphen| is executed at every possible
-%   implicit hyphenation point.
-% \item[\normalfont\an{beta-test}]
-%   Explicit hyphens trigger \cs{\SOUL@everyexhyphen}.
-% \end{labeling}
-%
-%
-%
-% \bigbreak
-% \noindent
-% It's only natural that these examples, too,
-% were automatically typeset by the |soul| package
-% using a special driver:
-%
-% \begin{example}
-% |\DeclareRobustCommand*\an{%|\\
-% |    \def\SOUL@preamble{$^{^P}$}%|\\
-% |    \def\SOUL@everyspace##1{##1\texttt{\char`\ }}%|\\
-% |    \def\SOUL@postamble{$^{^E}$}%|\\
-% |    \def\SOUL@everyhyphen{$^{^-}$}%|\\
-% |    \def\SOUL@everyexhyphen##1{##1$^{^=}$}%|\\
-% |    \def\SOUL@everysyllable{$^{^S}$}%|\\
-% |    \def\SOUL@everytoken{\the\SOUL@token$^{^T}$}%|\\
-% |    \def\SOUL@everylowerthan{$^{^L}$}%|\\
-% |    \SOUL@}|\\
-% \end{example}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \subsection{A driver example}
-%
-% Let's define a \soul\ driver that allows to typeset text
-% with a \cs{\cdot} at every potential hyphenation point. The name of
-% the macro shall be \cs{\sy} (for \emph{syllables}).
-% Since the \soul\ mechanism is highly fragile, we use the \LaTeX\
-% command \cs{\DeclareRobustCommand}, so that the \cs{\sy} macro
-% can be used even in section headings etc. The \cs{\SOUL@setup}
-% macro sets all interface macros to reasonable default definitions.
-% This could of course be done manually, too. As we won't
-% make use of \cs{\SOUL@everytoken} and \cs{\SOUL@postamble}
-% and both default to \cs{\relax}, anyway, we don't have to
-% define them here.
-%
-% \begin{example}
-% |\DeclareRobustCommand*\sy{%|\\
-% |    \SOUL@setup|\\
-% \end{example}
-%
-% We only set \cs{\lefthyphenmin} and \cs{\righthyphenmin} to zero
-% at the beginning. All changes are restored automatically,
-% so there's nothing to do at the end.
-%
-% \begin{example}
-% |    \def\SOUL@preamble{\lefthyphenmin=0 \righthyphenmin=0 }%|\\
-% \end{example}
-%
-% We only want simple spaces. Note that these are not provided
-% by default! \cs{\SOUL@everyspace} may get a penalty to be
-% applied to that space, so we set it before.
-%
-% \begin{example}
-% |    \def\SOUL@everyspace##1{##1\space}%|\\
-% \end{example}
-%
-% There's nothing to do for \cs{\SOUL@everytoken}, we rather let
-% \cs{\SOUL@everysyllable} handle a whole syllable at once.
-% This has the advantage, that we don't have to deal with
-% kerning values, because \TeX\ takes care of that.
-%
-% \begin{example}
-% |    \def\SOUL@everysyllable{\the\SOUL@syllable}|\\
-% \end{example}
-%
-% The \TeX\ primitive \cs{\discretionary}
-% takes three arguments: 1.~pre-hyphen material
-% 2.~post-hyphen material, and 3.~no-hyphenation material.
-%
-% \begin{example}
-% |    \def\SOUL@everyhyphen{%|\\
-% |        \discretionary{%|\\
-% |            \SOUL@setkern\SOUL@hyphkern|\\
-% |            \SOUL@sethyphenchar|\\
-% |        }{}{%|\\
-% |            \hbox{\kern1pt$\cdot$}%|\\
-% |        }%|\\
-% |    }%|\\
-%\end{example}
-%
-% Explicit hyphens like dashes and slashes shall be set normally.
-% We just have to care for kerning. The hyphen has to be put in
-% a box, because, as \cs{\hyphenchar}, it would yield its own, internal
-% \cs{\discretionary}. We need to set ours instead, though.
-%
-% \begin{example}
-% |    \def\SOUL@everyexhyphen##1{%|\\
-% |        \SOUL@setkern\SOUL@hyphkern|\\
-% |        \hbox{##1}%|\\
-% |        \discretionary{}{}{%|\\
-% |            \SOUL@setkern\SOUL@charkern|\\
-% |        }%|\\
-% |    }|%\\
-% \end{example}
-%
-% Now that the interface macros are defined, we can start the scanner.
-%
-% \begin{example}
-% |    \SOUL@|\\
-% |}|\\
-% \end{example}
-%
-% \hyphenation{al-go-rithm lin-guists ex-cel-lent} ^^A correct?
-% \noindent
-% \emph{\sy{This little macro will hardly be good enough
-% for linguists, although it uses {\TeX's} excellent hyphenation algorithm,
-% but it is at least a nice alternative to the}} \cs{\showhyphens} \emph{\sy{command}.}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \section*{Acknowledgements}
-%
-% A big thank you goes to \person{Stefan Ulrich} for his tips and bug reports
-% during the development of versions 1.\lower2pt\hbox{*} and for his lessons on high quality
-% typesetting. The \cs{\caps} mechanism was very much influenced by his
-% suggestions. Thanks to \person{Alexander Shibakov} and \person{Frank Mittelbach,}
-% who sent me a couple of bug reports and feature requests, and finally encouraged
-% me to (almost) completely rewrite \soul. \person{Thorsten Manegold} contributed
-% a series of bug reports, helping to fix \soul's macro expander and hence making
-% it work together with the \package{jurabib} package.
-% Thanks to \person{Axel Reichert, Anshuman Pandey,} and \person{Peter Kreynin} for
-% detailed bug reports.
-% \person{Rowland McDonnel} gave useful hints for how to improve the documentation,
-% but I'm afraid he will still not be satisfied, and rightfully so. If only documentation
-% writing weren't that boring.~~\texttt{;-)}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \begin{thebibliography}{00}
-% \raggedright
-%
-% \bibitem{jurabib}{\person{Berger, Jens:} \bibtitle{The jurabib package.} \CTAN-Archive, 2002, v0.52h.}
-%
-% \bibitem{titlesec}{\person{Bezos, Javier:} \bibtitle{The titlesec and titletoc package.}
-%   \CTAN-Archive, 1999, v2.1.}
-%
-% \bibitem{color}{\person{Carlisle, D. P.:} \bibtitle{The color package.} \CTAN-Archive, 1997, v1.0d.}
-%
-% \bibitem{Duden}{Duden, Volume 1. \bibtitle{Die Rechtschreibung.} Bibliographisches Institut,
-%   Mann\-heim--\hskip0pt Wien--Z\"urich, 1986, 19th~edition.}
-%
-% \bibitem{DEK}{\person{Knuth, Donald E.:} \bibtitle{The \TeX book.}
-%   Addison--Wesley Publishing Company, Reading/Massachusetts, 1989, 16th~edition.}
-%
-% \bibitem{Muszynski}{\person{Muszynski, Carl} and \person{P\v rihoda, Eduard:}
-%   \bibtitle{Die Terrainlehre in Verbindung mit der Darstellung, Beurtheilung und
-%   Beschreibung des Terrains vom milit\"arischen
-%   Standpunkte.}
-%   L.\,W.~Seidel \&\ Sohn, Wien, 1872.}
-%
-% \bibitem{Reglement}{Normalverordnungsblatt f\"ur das k.\,u.\,k.~Heer.
-%   \bibtitle{Exercier-Reglement f\"ur die k.\,u.\,k.~Cavallerie, I. Theil.}
-%   Wien, k.\,k.~Hof- und Staatsdruckerei, 1898, 4th~edition.}
-%
-% \bibitem{german}{\person{Raichle, Bernd:} \bibtitle{The german package.} \CTAN-Archive, 1998, v2.5e.}
-%
-% \bibitem{yfonts}{\person{Schmidt, Walter:} \bibtitle{Ein Makropaket f\"ur die gebrochenen
-%   Schriften.} \CTAN-Archive, 1998, v1.2.}
-%
-% \bibitem{Tschichold}{\person{Tschichold, Jan:} \bibtitle{Ausgew\"ahlte Aufs\"atze \"uber Fragen
-%   der Gestalt des Buches und der Typographie.} Birkh\"auser, Basel,
-%   1987, 2nd~edition.}
-%
-% \bibitem{Willberg}{\person{Willberg, Hans Peter} and \person{Forssmann, Friedrich:}
-%   \bibtitle{Lesetypographie.} H. Schmidt, Mainz, 1997.}
-%
-% \end{thebibliography}
-%
-%
-% \StopEventually{\addtocontents{toc}{\protect\end{multicols}}}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%^^A max 72 columns
-%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \section{The implementation}
-%
-% \subsection*{The package preamble}
-%
-% This piece of code makes sure that the package is only loaded
-% once. While this is guaranteed by \LaTeX, we have to do it
-% manually for all other flavors of \TeX.
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\expandafter\ifx\csname SOUL@\endcsname\relax\else
-    \expandafter\endinput
-\fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \noindent
-% Fake some of the \LaTeX\ commands if we were loaded by another flavor
-% of \TeX. This might break some previously loaded packages, though,
-% if e.\,g.~\cs{\mbox} was already in use. But we don't care \dots
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\ifx\documentclass\SOULundefined
-    \chardef\atcode=\catcode`@
-    \catcode`\@=11
-    \def\DeclareRobustCommand*{\def}
-    \let\newcommand\DeclareRobustCommand
-    \def\DeclareOption#1#2{\expandafter\def\csname#1\endcsname{#2}}
-    \def\PackageError#1#2#3{{%
-        \newlinechar`^^J%
-        \errorcontextlines\z@
-        \edef\\{\errhelp{#3}}\\%
-        \errmessage{Package #1 error: #2}%
-    }}
-    \def\@height{height}
-    \def\@depth{depth}
-    \def\@width{width}
-    \def\@plus{plus}
-    \def\@minus{minus}
-    \font\SOUL@tt=ectt1000
-    \let\@xobeysp\space
-    \let\linebreak\break
-    \let\mbox\hbox
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \noindent
-% \soul\ tries to be a good \LaTeX\ citizen if used under \LaTeX\ and
-% declares itself properly. Most command sequences in the package
-% are protected by the |SOUL@| namespace, all other macros are first
-% defined to be empty. This will give us an error message \emph{now}
-% if one of those was already used by another package.
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\else
-    \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
-    \ProvidesPackage{soul}
-        [2003/11/17 v2.4 letterspacing/underlining  (mf)]
-    \newfont\SOUL@tt{ectt1000}
-    \newcommand*\sodef{}
-    \newcommand*\resetso{}
-    \newcommand*\capsdef{}
-    \newcommand*\capsfont{}
-    \newcommand*\setulcolor{}
-    \newcommand*\setuloverlap{}
-    \newcommand*\setul{}
-    \newcommand*\resetul{}
-    \newcommand*\setuldepth{}
-    \newcommand*\setstcolor{}
-    \newcommand*\sethlcolor{}
-    \newcommand*\so{}
-    \newcommand*\ul{}
-    \newcommand*\st{}
-    \newcommand*\hl{}
-    \newcommand*\caps{}
-    \newcommand*\soulaccent{}
-    \newcommand*\soulregister{}
-    \newcommand*\soulfont{}
-    \newcommand*\soulomit{}
-\fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \noindent
-% Other packages wouldn't be happy if we reserved piles of \cs{\newtoks} and
-% \cs{\newdimen}, so we try to get away with their \cs{\...def} counterparts
-% where possible.
-% Local registers are always even, while global ones are odd---this is a
-% \TeX\ convention.
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newtoks\SOUL@word
-\newtoks\SOUL@lasttoken
-\toksdef\SOUL@syllable\z@
-\newtoks\SOUL@cmds
-\newtoks\SOUL@buffer
-\newtoks\SOUL@token
-\dimendef\SOUL@syllgoal\z@
-\dimendef\SOUL@syllwidth\tw@
-\dimendef\SOUL@charkern=4
-\dimendef\SOUL@hyphkern=6
-\countdef\SOUL@minus\z@
-\countdef\SOUL@comma\tw@
-\countdef\SOUL@apo=4
-\countdef\SOUL@grave=6
-\newskip\SOUL@spaceskip
-\newif\ifSOUL@ignorespaces
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% ^^A\FIXME{\newpage}
-% \begin{macro}{\soulomit}
-% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@ignorem}
-% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@ignore}
-% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@stopm}
-% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@stop}
-% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@relaxm}
-% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@lowerthanm}
-% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@hyphenhintm}
-% These macros are used as markers. To be able to check for such a
-% marker with \cs{\ifx} we have also to create a macro that contains
-% the marker. \cs{\SOUL@spc} shall contain a normal space with a
-% \cs{\catcode} of~10.
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\soulomit#1{#1}
-\def\SOUL@stopM{\SOUL@stop}
-\let\SOUL@stop\relax
-\def\SOUL@lowerthan{}
-\def\SOUL@lowerthanM{\<}
-\def\SOUL@hyphenhintM{\-}
-\def\SOUL@n*{\let\SOUL@spc= }\SOUL@n* %
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \subsection{The kernel}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@}
-% This macro is the entry to \soul. Using it does only make
-% sense after setting up a \soul\ driver. The next token after
-% the \soul\ command will be assigned to \cs{\SOUL@@}. This can be
-% some text enclosed in braces, or the name of a macro that contains text.
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\SOUL@{%
-    \futurelet\SOUL@@\SOUL@expand
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@expand}
-% If the first token after the \soul\ command was an opening
-% brace we start scanning. Otherwise,
-% if the first token was a macro name, we expand that macro and
-% call \cs{\SOUL@} with its contents again. Unfortunately, we have to
-% exclude some macros therein from expansion.
+% \StopEventually{
+% }
 %
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\SOUL@expand{%
-    \ifcat\bgroup\noexpand\SOUL@@
-        \let\SOUL@n\SOUL@start
+% \section{Implementation}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*soulutf8>
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{soulutf8}%
+  [2023-02-18 v3.0 Permit use of UTF-8 characters in soul (HO)]%
+\PackageWarning{soulutf8}
+     {This package is obsolete,\MessageBreak
+      use the soul package directly. \MessageBreak
+      }{}%
+\DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToPackage{\CurrentOption}{soul}}%
+\ProcessOptions\relax      
+\RequirePackage{soul}      
+%</soulutf8>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*package>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Reload check and package identification}
+%    Reload check, especially if the package is not used with \LaTeX.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begingroup\catcode61\catcode48\catcode32=10\relax%
+  \catcode13=5 % ^^M
+  \endlinechar=13 %
+  \catcode35=6 % #
+  \catcode39=12 % '
+  \catcode44=12 % ,
+  \catcode45=12 % -
+  \catcode46=12 % .
+  \catcode58=12 % :
+  \catcode64=11 % @
+  \catcode123=1 % {
+  \catcode125=2 % }
+  \expandafter\let\expandafter\x\csname ver@soul.sty\endcsname
+  \ifx\x\relax % plain-TeX, first loading
+  \else
+    \def\empty{}%
+    \ifx\x\empty % LaTeX, first loading,
+      % variable is initialized, but \ProvidesPackage not yet seen
     \else
-        \bgroup
-            \def\\##1##2{\def##2{\noexpand##2}}%
-            \the\SOUL@cmds
-            \SOUL@buffer={%
-                \\\TeX\\\LaTeX\\\soulomit\\\mbox\\\hbox\\\textregistered
-                \\\slash\\\textcircled\\\copyright\\\S\\\,\\\<\\\>\\~%
-                \\\\%
-            }%
-            \def\\##1{\def##1{\noexpand##1}}%
-            \the\SOUL@buffer
-            \let\protect\noexpand
-            \xdef\SOUL@n##1{\noexpand\SOUL@start{\SOUL@@}}%
-        \egroup
+      \expandafter\ifx\csname PackageInfo\endcsname\relax
+        \def\x#1#2{%
+          \immediate\write-1{Package #1 Info: #2.}%
+        }%
+      \else
+        \def\x#1#2{\PackageInfo{#1}{#2, stopped}}%
+      \fi
+      \x{soul}{The package is already loaded}%
+      \aftergroup\endinput
     \fi
-    \SOUL@n
-}
-\long\def\SOUL@start#1{{%
-    \let\<\SOUL@lowerthan
-    \let\>\empty
-    \def\soulomit{\noexpand\soulomit}%
-    \gdef\SOUL@eventuallyexhyphen##1{}%
-    \let\SOUL@soeventuallyskip\relax
-    \SOUL@spaceskip=\fontdimen\tw@\font\@plus\fontdimen\thr@@\font
-        \@minus\fontdimen4\font
-    \SOUL@ignorespacesfalse
-    \leavevmode
-    \SOUL@preamble
-    \SOUL@lasttoken={}%
-    \SOUL@word={}%
-    \SOUL@minus\z@
-    \SOUL@comma\z@
-    \SOUL@apo\z@
-    \SOUL@grave\z@
-    \SOUL@do{#1}%
-    \SOUL@postamble
-}}
-\long\def\SOUL@do#1{%
-    \SOUL@scan#1\SOUL@stop
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \subsection{The scanner}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@scan}
-% This is the entry point for the scanner. It calls \cs{\SOUL@eval}
-% and will in turn be called by \cs{\SOUL@eval} again for every
-% new token to be scanned.
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\SOUL@scan{%
-    \futurelet\SOUL@@\SOUL@eval
+  \fi
+\endgroup%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    Package identification:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begingroup\catcode61\catcode48\catcode32=10\relax%
+  \catcode13=5 % ^^M
+  \endlinechar=13 %
+  \catcode35=6 % #
+  \catcode39=12 % '
+  \catcode40=12 % (
+  \catcode41=12 % )
+  \catcode44=12 % ,
+  \catcode45=12 % -
+  \catcode46=12 % .
+  \catcode47=12 % /
+  \catcode58=12 % :
+  \catcode64=11 % @
+  \catcode91=12 % [
+  \catcode93=12 % ]
+  \catcode123=1 % {
+  \catcode125=2 % }
+  \expandafter\ifx\csname ProvidesPackage\endcsname\relax
+    \def\x#1#2#3[#4]{\endgroup
+      \immediate\write-1{Package: #3 #4}%
+      \xdef#1{#4}%
+    }%
+  \else
+    \def\x#1#2[#3]{\endgroup
+      #2[{#3}]%
+      \ifx#1\@undefined
+        \xdef#1{#3}%
+      \fi
+      \ifx#1\relax
+        \xdef#1{#3}%
+      \fi
+    }%
+  \fi
+\expandafter\x\csname ver@soul.sty\endcsname
+\ProvidesPackage{soul}%
+  [2023-02-18 v3.0 Permit use of UTF-8 characters in soul (HO)]%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Catcodes}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begingroup\catcode61\catcode48\catcode32=10\relax%
+  \catcode13=5 % ^^M
+  \endlinechar=13 %
+  \catcode123=1 % {
+  \catcode125=2 % }
+  \catcode64=11 % @
+  \def\x{\endgroup
+    \expandafter\edef\csname SOuL@AtEnd\endcsname{%
+      \endlinechar=\the\endlinechar\relax
+      \catcode13=\the\catcode13\relax
+      \catcode32=\the\catcode32\relax
+      \catcode35=\the\catcode35\relax
+      \catcode61=\the\catcode61\relax
+      \catcode64=\the\catcode64\relax
+      \catcode123=\the\catcode123\relax
+      \catcode125=\the\catcode125\relax
+    }%
+  }%
+\x\catcode61\catcode48\catcode32=10\relax%
+\catcode13=5 % ^^M
+\endlinechar=13 %
+\catcode35=6 % #
+\catcode64=11 % @
+\catcode123=1 % {
+\catcode125=2 % }
+\def\TMP@EnsureCode#1#2{%
+  \edef\SOuL@AtEnd{%
+    \SOuL@AtEnd
+    \catcode#1=\the\catcode#1\relax
+  }%
+  \catcode#1=#2\relax
 }
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@eval}
-% And here it is: the scanner's heart. It cares for quotes and dashes
-% ligatures and handles all commands that must not be fed to the
-% analyzer.
-%
+\TMP@EnsureCode{10}{12}% ^^J
+\TMP@EnsureCode{33}{12}% !
+\TMP@EnsureCode{34}{12}% "
+\TMP@EnsureCode{36}{3}% $
+\TMP@EnsureCode{39}{12}% '
+\TMP@EnsureCode{40}{12}% (
+\TMP@EnsureCode{41}{12}% )
+\TMP@EnsureCode{42}{12}% *
+\TMP@EnsureCode{43}{12}% +
+\TMP@EnsureCode{44}{12}% ,
+\TMP@EnsureCode{45}{12}% -
+\TMP@EnsureCode{46}{12}% .
+\TMP@EnsureCode{47}{12}% /
+\TMP@EnsureCode{58}{12}% :
+\TMP@EnsureCode{60}{12}% <
+\TMP@EnsureCode{62}{12}% >
+\TMP@EnsureCode{91}{12}% [
+\TMP@EnsureCode{93}{12}% ]
+\TMP@EnsureCode{94}{7}% ^
+\TMP@EnsureCode{96}{12}% `
+\TMP@EnsureCode{126}\active % ~
+\TMP@EnsureCode{128}{12}% ^^80
+\TMP@EnsureCode{147}{12}% ^^93
+\TMP@EnsureCode{148}{12}% ^^94
+\TMP@EnsureCode{160}{12}% ^^a0
+\TMP@EnsureCode{194}{12}% ^^c2
+\TMP@EnsureCode{226}{12}% ^^e2
+\edef\SOuL@AtEnd{\SOuL@AtEnd\noexpand\endinput}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Loading packages}
+%
+%    Package \xpackage{soul-ori} uses \cs{documentclass} to detect \LaTeX.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\SOUL@eval{%
-    \def\SOUL@n*##1{\SOUL@scan}%
-    \if\noexpand\SOUL@@\SOUL@spc
-    \else
-        \SOUL@ignorespacesfalse
-    \fi
-    \ifnum\SOUL@minus=\thr@@
-        \SOUL@flushminus
-    \else\ifnum\SOUL@comma=\tw@
-        \SOUL@flushcomma
-    \else\ifnum\SOUL@apo=\tw@
-        \SOUL@flushapo
-    \else\ifnum\SOUL@grave=\tw@
-        \SOUL@flushgrave
-    \fi\fi\fi\fi
-    \ifx\SOUL@@-\else\SOUL@flushminus\fi
-    \ifx\SOUL@@,\else\SOUL@flushcomma\fi
-    \ifx\SOUL@@'\else\SOUL@flushapo\fi
-    \ifx\SOUL@@`\else\SOUL@flushgrave\fi
-    \ifx\SOUL@@-%
-        \advance\SOUL@minus\@ne
-    \else\ifx\SOUL@@,%
-        \advance\SOUL@comma\@ne
-    \else\ifx\SOUL@@'%
-        \advance\SOUL@apo\@ne
-    \else\ifx\SOUL@@`%
-        \advance\SOUL@grave\@ne
-    \else
-        \SOUL@flushminus
-        \SOUL@flushcomma
-        \SOUL@flushapo
-        \SOUL@flushgrave
-        \ifx\SOUL@@\SOUL@stop
-            \def\SOUL@n*{%
-                \SOUL@doword
-                \SOUL@eventuallyexhyphen\null
-            }%
-        \else\ifx\SOUL@@\par
-            \def\SOUL@n*\par{\par\leavevmode\SOUL@scan}%
-        \else\if\noexpand\SOUL@@\SOUL@spc
-            \SOUL@doword
-            \SOUL@eventuallyexhyphen\null
-            \ifSOUL@ignorespaces
-            \else
-                \SOUL@everyspace{}%
-            \fi
-            \def\SOUL@n* {\SOUL@scan}%
-        \else\ifx\SOUL@@\\%
-            \SOUL@doword
-            \SOUL@eventuallyexhyphen\null
-            \SOUL@everyspace{\unskip\nobreak\hfil\break}%
-            \SOUL@ignorespacestrue
-        \else\ifx\SOUL@@~%
-            \SOUL@doword
-            \SOUL@eventuallyexhyphen\null
-            \SOUL@everyspace{\nobreak}%
-        \else\ifx\SOUL@@\slash
-            \SOUL@doword
-            \SOUL@eventuallyexhyphen{/}%
-            \SOUL@exhyphen{/}%
-        \else\ifx\SOUL@@\mbox
-            \def\SOUL@n*{\SOUL@addprotect}%
-        \else\ifx\SOUL@@\hbox
-            \def\SOUL@n*{\SOUL@addprotect}%
-        \else\ifx\SOUL@@\soulomit
-            \def\SOUL@n*\soulomit##1{%
-                \SOUL@doword
-                {\spaceskip\SOUL@spaceskip##1}%
-                \SOUL@scan
-            }%
-        \else\ifx\SOUL@@\break
-            \SOUL@doword
-            \break
-        \else\ifx\SOUL@@\linebreak
-            \SOUL@doword
-            \SOUL@everyspace{\linebreak}%
-        \else\ifcat\bgroup\noexpand\SOUL@@
-            \def\SOUL@n*{\SOUL@addgroup{}}%
-        \else\ifcat$\noexpand\SOUL@@
-            \def\SOUL@n*{\SOUL@addmath}%
-        \else
-            \def\SOUL@n*{\SOUL@dotoken}%
-        \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
-    \fi\fi\fi\fi
-    \SOUL@n*%
-}
+\ifx\documentclass\@undefined
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
 %
+% \subsubsection{\plainTeX}
 %
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@flushminus}
-% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@flushcomma}
-% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@flushapo}
-% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@flushgrave}
-% As their names imply, these macros flush special tokens or token
-% groups to the word register. They don't do anything if the respective
-% counter equals zero. \cs{\SOUL@minus} does also flush the word
-% register, because hyphens disturb the analyzer.
-%
+%    First we check, whether package \xpackage{soul-ori} is already loaded.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\SOUL@flushminus{%
-    \ifcase\SOUL@minus
-    \else
-        \SOUL@doword
-        \SOUL@eventuallyexhyphen{-}%
-        \ifcase\SOUL@minus
-        \or
-            \SOUL@exhyphen{-}%
-        \or
-            \SOUL@exhyphen{--}%
-        \or
-            \SOUL@exhyphen{---}%
-        \fi
-        \SOUL@minus\z@
-    \fi
-}
-\def\SOUL@flushcomma{%
-    \ifcase\SOUL@comma
-    \or
-        \edef\x{\SOUL@word={\the\SOUL@word,}}\x
-    \or
-        \edef\x{\SOUL@word={\the\SOUL@word{{,,}}}}\x
-    \fi
-    \SOUL@comma\z@
-}
-\def\SOUL@flushapo{%
-    \ifcase\SOUL@apo
-    \or
-        \edef\x{\SOUL@word={\the\SOUL@word'}}\x
-    \or
-        \edef\x{\SOUL@word={\the\SOUL@word{{''}}}}\x
-    \fi
-    \SOUL@apo\z@
-}
-\def\SOUL@flushgrave{%
-    \ifcase\SOUL@grave
-    \or
-        \edef\x{\SOUL@word={\the\SOUL@word`}}\x
-    \or
-        \edef\x{\SOUL@word={\the\SOUL@word{{``}}}}\x
-    \fi
-    \SOUL@grave\z@
-}
+  \expandafter\ifx\csname SOUL@\endcsname\relax
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@dotoken}
-% Command sequences from the \cs{\SOUL@cmds} list are handed over
-% to \cs{\SOUL@docmd}, everything else is added to \cs{\SOUL@word},
-% which will be fed to the analyzer every time a word is completed.
-% Since \emph{robust} commands come with an additional space, we
-% have also to examine if there's a space variant. Otherwise we
-% couldn't detect pre-expanded formerly robust commands.
-%
+%    In case of \plainTeX\ package \xpackage{soul-ori} defines some
+%    macros in a simple manner that will break the definitions of
+%    \xfile{miniltx.tex}, for example. Therefore these macros
+%    are first saved and restored afterwards.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\SOUL@dotoken#1{%
-    \def\SOUL@@{\SOUL@addtoken{#1}}%
-    \def\\##1##2{%
-        \edef\SOUL@x{\string#1}%
-        \edef\SOUL@n{\string##2}%
-        \ifx\SOUL@x\SOUL@n
-            \def\SOUL@@{\SOUL@docmd{##1}{#1}}%
-        \else
-            \edef\SOUL@n{\string##2\space}%
-            \ifx\SOUL@x\SOUL@n
-                \def\SOUL@@{\SOUL@docmd{##1}{#1}}%
-            \fi
-        \fi
+    \let\SOuL@orgDeclareRobustCommand\DeclareRobustCommand
+    \let\SOuL@orgnewcommand          \newcommand
+    \let\SOuL@orgDeclareOption       \DeclareOption
+    \let\SOuL@orgPackageError        \PackageError
+    \def\SOuL@restorelatexcmds{%
+      \let\DeclareRobustCommand\SOuL@orgDeclareRobustCommand
+      \let\newcommand          \SOuL@orgnewcommand
+      \let\DeclareOption       \SOuL@orgDeclareOption
+      \let\PackageError        \SOuL@orgPackageError
+    }%
+    \input soul-ori.sty\relax
+    \SOuL@restorelatexcmds
+  \fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \begin{macro}{\SOUL@error}
+%     Package \xpackage{soul-ori}'s use of \cs{PackageError} is replaced
+%     by \cs{@PackageError} of package \xpackage{infwarerr}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \input infwarerr.sty\relax
+  \let\SOuL@orgSOUL@error\SOUL@error
+  \def\SOUL@error{%
+    \begingroup
+      \let\PackageError\@PackageError
+      \SOuL@orgSOUL@error
+    \endgroup
+  }%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \input etexcmds.sty\relax
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \begin{macro}{\@onelevel@sanitize}
+%    Define \LaTeX's \cs{@onelevel@sanitize} if not already available.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \expandafter\ifx\csname @onelevel@sanitize\endcsname\relax
+    \def\@onelevel@sanitize#1{%
+      \edef#1{%
+        \expandafter\strip@prefix\meaning#1%
+      }%
     }%
-    \the\SOUL@cmds
-    \SOUL@@
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@docmd}
-% Here we deal with commands that were registered with \cs{\soulregister}
-% or \cs{\soulaccent} or were already predefined in \cs{\SOUL@cmds}.
-% Commands with identifier |9| are accents that are put in a
-% group with their argument. Identifier |8| is reserved for the \cs{\footnote}
-% command, and |7| for the \cs{\textsuperscript} or similar commands.
-% The others are mostly (but not necessarily)
-% font switching commands, which may (|1|) or may not (|0|) take
-% an argument. A registered command leads to the current word
-% buffer being flushed to the analyzer, after which the command
-% itself is executed.
-%
-% Font switching commands which take an argument need special
-% treatment: They need to increment the level counter, so that
-% \cs{\SOUL@eval} knows where to stop scanning. Furthermore the
-% scanner has to be enabled to see the next token after the opening
-% brace.
-%
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\SOUL@docmd#1#2{%
-    \ifx9#1%
-        \def\SOUL@@{\SOUL@addgroup{#2}}%
-    \else\ifx8#1%
-        \SOUL@doword
-        \def\SOUL@@##1{%
-            \SOUL@token={\footnotemark}%
-            \SOUL@everytoken
-            \SOUL@syllable={\footnotemark}%
-            \SOUL@everysyllable
-            \footnotetext{##1}%
-            \SOUL@doword
-            \SOUL@scan
-        }%
-    \else\ifx7#1%
-        \SOUL@doword
-        \def\SOUL@@##1{%
-            \SOUL@token={#2{##1}}%
-            \SOUL@everytoken
-            \SOUL@syllable={#2{##1}}%
-            \SOUL@everysyllable
-            \SOUL@doword
-            \SOUL@scan
-        }%
-    \else\ifx1#1%
-        \SOUL@doword
-        \def\SOUL@@##1{%
-            #2{\protect\SOUL@do{##1}}%
-            \SOUL@scan
-        }%
-    \else
-        \SOUL@doword
-        #2%
-        \let\SOUL@@\SOUL@scan
-    \fi\fi\fi\fi
-    \SOUL@@
-}
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@addgroup}
-% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@addmath}
-% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@addprotect}
-% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@addtoken}
-% The macro names say it all. Each of these macros adds some
-% token to the word buffer \cs{\SOUL@word}. Setting \cs{\protect}
-% is necessary to make things like |\so{{a\itshape b}}| work.
-%
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macro}{\strip@prefix}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\SOUL@addgroup#1#2{%
-    {\let\protect\noexpand
-    \edef\x{\global\SOUL@word={\the\SOUL@word{{\noexpand#1#2}}}}\x}%
-    \SOUL@scan
-}
-\def\SOUL@addmath$#1${%
-    {\let\protect\noexpand
-    \edef\x{\global\SOUL@word={\the\SOUL@word{{\hbox{$#1$}}}}}\x}%
-    \SOUL@scan
-}
-\def\SOUL@addprotect#1#2{%
-    {\let\protect\noexpand
-    \edef\x{\global\SOUL@word={\the\SOUL@word{{\hbox{#2}}}}}\x}%
-    \SOUL@scan
-}
-\def\SOUL@addtoken#1{%
-    \edef\x{\SOUL@word={\the\SOUL@word\noexpand#1}}\x
-    \SOUL@scan
-}
+    \def\strip@prefix#1>{}%
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@exhyphen}
-% Dealing with explicit hyphens can't be done before we know the
-% following character, because we need to know if a kerning value
-% has to be inserted, hence we delay the \cs{\SOUL@everyexhyphen} call.
-% Unfortunately, the word scanner has no look-ahead mechanism.
-%
+%    \end{macro}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\SOUL@exhyphen#1{%
-    \SOUL@getkern{\the\SOUL@lasttoken}{\SOUL@hyphkern}{#1}%
-    \gdef\SOUL@eventuallyexhyphen##1{%
-        \SOUL@getkern{#1}{\SOUL@charkern}{##1}%
-        \SOUL@everyexhyphen{#1}%
-        \gdef\SOUL@eventuallyexhyphen####1{}%
-    }%
-}
+  \fi
+\else
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@cmds}
-% Here is a list of pre-registered commands that the analyzer
-% cannot handle, so the scanner has to look after them. Every
-% entry consists of a handle (\cs{\\}), an identifier and the
-% macro name. The class identifier can be |9| for accents,
-% |8| for the \cs{\footnote} command, |7| for the
-% \cs{\textsuperscript} command,
-% |0| for commands without arguments and |1| for commands that
-% take one argument. Commands with two or more arguments are
-% not supported.
 %
+% \subsubsection{\LaTeX}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
-\SOUL@cmds={%
-    \\9\`\\9\'\\9\^\\9\"\\9\~\\9\=\\9\.%
-    \\9\u\\9\v\\9\H\\9\t\\9\c\\9\d\\9\b\\9\r
-    \\1\emph\\1\textrm\\1\textsf\\1\texttt\\1\textmd\\1\textbf
-    \\1\textup\\1\textsl\\1\textit\\1\textsc\\1\textnormal
-    \\0\rmfamily\\0\sffamily\\0\ttfamily\\0\mdseries\\0\upshape
-    \\0\slshape\\0\itshape\\0\scshape\\0\normalfont
-    \\0\em\\0\rm\\0\bf\\0\it\\0\tt\\0\sc\\0\sl\\0\sf
-    \\0\tiny\\0\scriptsize\\0\footnotesize\\0\small
-    \\0\normalsize\\0\large\\0\Large\\0\LARGE\\0\huge\\0\Huge
-    \\1\MakeUppercase\\7\textsuperscript\\8\footnote
-    \\1\textfrak\\1\textswab\\1\textgoth
-    \\0\frakfamily\\0\swabfamily\\0\gothfamily
-}
+  \DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToPackage{\CurrentOption}{soul-ori}}%
+  \ProcessOptions\relax
+  \RequirePackage{soul-ori}[2023-02-18]%
+  \RequirePackage{infwarerr}[2019/12/03]%
+  \RequirePackage{etexcmds}[2019/12/15]%
+\fi
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
 %
+% \subsubsection{\eTeX}
 %
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\soulregister}
-% \begin{macro}{\soulfont}
-% \begin{macro}{\soulaccent}
-% Register a font switching command (or some other command) for the
-% scanner. The first argument is the macro name, the second is
-% the number of arguments (|0|~or~|1|). Example: |\soulregister{\bold}{0}|.
-% \cs{\soulaccent} has only one argument---the accent macro name.
-% Example: |\soulaccent{\~}|. It is a shortcut for |\soulregister{\~}{9}|.
-% The \cs{\soulfont} command is a synonym for \cs{\soulregister}
-% and is kept for compatibility reasons.
-%
+%    In \plainTeX\ command \cs{+} is an \emph{outer} macro.
+%    Therefore numbers are used to avoid problems.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\soulregister#1#2{{%
-    \edef\x{\global\SOUL@cmds={\the\SOUL@cmds
-        \noexpand\\#2\noexpand#1}}\x
-}}
-\def\soulaccent#1{\soulregister{#1}9}
-\let\soulfont\soulregister
+\ifetex@unexpanded
+  \catcode33=14 % '!': comment
+  \catcode43=9  % '+': ignore
+\else
+  \catcode33=9  % '!': ignore
+  \catcode43=14 % '+': comment
+\fi
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \subsection{The analyzer}
 %
-% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@doword}
-% The only way to find out, where a given word can be broken into
-% syllables, is to let \TeX\ actually typeset the word under conditions
-% that enforce every possible hyphenation. The result is a paragraph with one
-% line for every syllable.
+% \subsection{Macro for redefinitions}
 %
+%    \begin{macro}{\SOuL@redefine}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\SOUL@doword{%
-    \edef\x{\the\SOUL@word}%
-    \ifx\x\empty
-    \else
-        \SOUL@buffer={}%
-        \setbox\z@\vbox{%
-            \SOUL@tt
-            \hyphenchar\font`\-
-            \hfuzz\maxdimen
-            \hbadness\@M
-            \pretolerance\m@ne
-            \tolerance\@M
-            \leftskip\z@
-            \rightskip\z@
-            \hsize1sp
-            \everypar{}%
-            \parfillskip\z@\@plus1fil
-            \hyphenpenalty-\@M
-            \noindent
-            \hskip\z@
-            \relax
-            \the\SOUL@word}%
-        \let\SOUL@errmsg\SOUL@error
-        \let\-\relax
-        \count@\m@ne
-        \SOUL@analyze
-        \SOUL@word={}%
-    \fi
+\def\SOuL@redefine#1{%
+  \begingroup
+    \def\SOuL@cmd{#1}%
+    \afterassignment\SOuL@cmdcheck
+    \def\SOuL@temp
 }
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \noindent
-% We store the hyphen width of the |ectt1000| font,
-% because we will need it in |\SOUL@doword|. (|ectt1000| is a mono-spaced
-% font, so every other character would have worked, too.)
-%
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macro}{\SOuL@cmdcheck}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
-\setbox\z@\hbox{\SOUL@tt-}
-\newdimen\SOUL@ttwidth
-\SOUL@ttwidth\wd\z@
-\def\SOUL@sethyphenchar{%
-    \ifnum\hyphenchar\font=\m@ne
+\def\SOuL@cmdcheck{%
+    \expandafter\ifx\SOuL@cmd\SOuL@temp
     \else
-        \char\hyphenchar\font
+      \edef\SOuL@temp*{\expandafter\string\SOuL@cmd}%
+      \@PackageWarningNoLine{soul}{%
+        Command \SOuL@temp* has changed.\MessageBreak
+        Supported versions of package `soul-ori': 2021/12/14.\MessageBreak
+        Depending on the unknown changes the redefinition\MessageBreak
+        of \SOuL@temp* may not behave correctly%
+      }%
     \fi
+  \expandafter\endgroup
+  \expandafter\def\SOuL@cmd
 }
 %    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
 %
+% \subsection{Redefinition of \cs{SOUL@eval}}
 %
-%
-%
-%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@analyze}
-% This macro decomposes the box that |\SOUL@doword| has built.
-% Because we have to start at the bottom, we put every
-% syllable onto the stack and execute ourselves recursively. If there
-% are no syllables left, we return from the recursion and pick syllable
-% after syllable from the stack again---this time from top to bottom---and
-% hand the syllable width |\SOUL@syllgoal| over to |\SOUL@dosyllable|.
-% All but the last syllable end with the hyphen character, hence
-% we subtract the hyphen width accordingly. After processing a
-% syllable we calculate the hyphen kern (i.\,e.~the kerning amount
-% between the last character and the hyphen). This might be needed
-% by \cs{\SOUL@everyhyphen}, which we call now.
-%
+%    \begin{macro}{\SOUL@eval}
+%    Macro \cs{SOUL@eval} is redefined to add detection of
+%    the first byte of a UTF-8 sequence. Because \cs{SOUL@eval}
+%    is overwritten, a warning is issued, if the contents of
+%    \cs{SOUL@eval} is not as expected.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\SOUL@analyze{{%
-    \setbox\z@\vbox{%
-        \unvcopy\z@
-        \unskip
-        \unpenalty
-        \global\setbox\@ne=\lastbox}%
-    \ifvoid\@ne
-    \else
-        \setbox\@ne\hbox{\unhbox\@ne}%
-        \SOUL@syllgoal=\wd\@ne
-        \advance\count@\@ne
-        \SOUL@analyze
-        \SOUL@syllwidth\z@
-        \SOUL@syllable={}%
-        \ifnum\count@>\z@
-            \advance\SOUL@syllgoal-\SOUL@ttwidth
-            \SOUL@dosyllable
-            \SOUL@getkern{\the\SOUL@lasttoken}{\SOUL@hyphkern}%
-                {\SOUL@sethyphenchar}%
-            \SOUL@everyhyphen
-        \else
-            \SOUL@dosyllable
-        \fi
-    \fi
-}}
+\SOuL@redefine\SOUL@eval{%
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@dosyllable}
-% This macro typesets token after token from \cs{\SOUL@word}
-% until \cs{\SOUL@syllwidth} has reached
-% the requested width \cs{\SOUL@syllgoal}. Furthermore the kerning
-% values are prepared in case \cs{\SOUL@everytoken} needs them.
-% The \cs{\<} command used by \cs{\so} and \cs{\caps} needs some
-% special treatment: It has to be checked for, even before
-% we can end a syllable.
-%
+%    First the expected definition.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\SOUL@dosyllable{%
-    \SOUL@gettoken
-    \SOUL@eventuallyexhyphen{\the\SOUL@token}%
-    \edef\x{\the\SOUL@token}%
-    \ifx\x\SOUL@hyphenhintM
-        \let\SOUL@n\SOUL@dosyllable
-    \else\ifx\x\SOUL@lowerthanM
-        \SOUL@gettoken
-        \SOUL@getkern{\the\SOUL@lasttoken}{\SOUL@charkern}
-            {\the\SOUL@token}%
-        \SOUL@everylowerthan
-        \SOUL@puttoken
-        \let\SOUL@n\SOUL@dosyllable
-    \else\ifdim\SOUL@syllwidth=\SOUL@syllgoal
-        \SOUL@everysyllable
-        \SOUL@puttoken
-        \let\SOUL@n\relax
-    \else\ifx\x\SOUL@stopM
-        \SOUL@errmsg
-        \global\let\SOUL@errmsg\relax
-        \let\SOUL@n\relax
-    \else
-        \setbox\tw@\hbox{\SOUL@tt\the\SOUL@token}%
-        \advance\SOUL@syllwidth\wd\tw@
-        \global\SOUL@lasttoken=\SOUL@token
-        \SOUL@gettoken
-        \SOUL@getkern{\the\SOUL@lasttoken}{\SOUL@charkern}
-            {\the\SOUL@token}%
-        \SOUL@puttoken
-        \global\SOUL@token=\SOUL@lasttoken
-        \SOUL@everytoken
-        \edef\x{\SOUL@syllable={\the\SOUL@syllable\the\SOUL@token}}\x
-        \let\SOUL@n\SOUL@dosyllable
-    \fi\fi\fi\fi
-    \SOUL@n
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@gettoken}
-% Provide the next token in \cs{\SOUL@token}. If there's already one
-% in the buffer, use that one first.
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\SOUL@gettoken{%
-    \edef\x{\the\SOUL@buffer}%
-    \ifx\x\empty
-        \SOUL@nexttoken
+  \def\SOUL@n*##1{\SOUL@scan}%
+  \if\noexpand\SOUL@@\SOUL@spc
+  \else
+    \SOUL@ignorespacesfalse
+  \fi
+  \ifnum\SOUL@minus=\thr@@
+    \SOUL@flushminus
+  \else\ifnum\SOUL@comma=\tw@
+    \SOUL@flushcomma
+  \else\ifnum\SOUL@apo=\tw@
+    \SOUL@flushapo
+  \else\ifnum\SOUL@grave=\tw@
+    \SOUL@flushgrave
+  \fi\fi\fi\fi
+  \ifx\SOUL@@-\else\SOUL@flushminus\fi
+  \ifx\SOUL@@,\else\SOUL@flushcomma\fi
+  \ifx\SOUL@@'\else\SOUL@flushapo\fi
+  \ifx\SOUL@@`\else\SOUL@flushgrave\fi
+  \ifx\SOUL@@-%
+    \advance\SOUL@minus\@ne
+  \else\ifx\SOUL@@,%
+    \advance\SOUL@comma\@ne
+  \else\ifx\SOUL@@'%
+    \advance\SOUL@apo\@ne
+  \else\ifx\SOUL@@`%
+    \advance\SOUL@grave\@ne
+  \else
+    \SOUL@flushminus
+    \SOUL@flushcomma
+    \SOUL@flushapo
+    \SOUL@flushgrave
+    \ifx\SOUL@@\SOUL@stop
+      \def\SOUL@n*{%
+        \SOUL@doword
+        \SOUL@eventuallyexhyphen\null
+      }%
+    \else\ifx\SOUL@@\par
+      \def\SOUL@n*\par{\par\leavevmode\SOUL@scan}%
+    \else\if\noexpand\SOUL@@\SOUL@spc
+      \SOUL@doword
+      \SOUL@eventuallyexhyphen\null
+      \ifSOUL@ignorespaces
+      \else
+        \SOUL@everyspace{}%
+      \fi
+      \def\SOUL@n* {\SOUL@scan}%
+    \else\ifx\SOUL@@\\%
+      \SOUL@doword
+      \SOUL@eventuallyexhyphen\null
+      \SOUL@everyspace{\unskip\nobreak\hfil\break}%
+      \SOUL@ignorespacestrue
+    \else\ifx\SOUL@@~%
+      \SOUL@doword
+      \SOUL@eventuallyexhyphen\null
+      \SOUL@everyspace{\nobreak}%
+    \else\ifx\SOUL@@\slash
+      \SOUL@doword
+      \SOUL@eventuallyexhyphen{/}%
+      \SOUL@exhyphen{/}%
+    \else\ifx\SOUL@@\mbox
+      \def\SOUL@n*{\SOUL@addprotect}%
+    \else\ifx\SOUL@@\hbox
+      \def\SOUL@n*{\SOUL@addprotect}%
+    \else\ifx\SOUL@@\soulomit
+      \def\SOUL@n*\soulomit##1{%
+        \SOUL@doword
+        {\spaceskip\SOUL@spaceskip##1}%
+        \SOUL@scan
+      }%
+    \else\ifx\SOUL@@\break
+      \SOUL@doword
+      \break
+    \else\ifx\SOUL@@\linebreak
+      \SOUL@doword
+      \SOUL@everyspace{\linebreak}%
+    \else\ifcat\bgroup\noexpand\SOUL@@
+      \def\SOUL@n*{\SOUL@addgroup{}}%
+    \else\ifcat$\noexpand\SOUL@@
+      \def\SOUL@n*{\SOUL@addmath}%
     \else
-        \global\SOUL@token=\SOUL@buffer
-        \global\SOUL@buffer={}%
-    \fi
-}
+      \def\SOUL@n*{\SOUL@dotoken}%
+    \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
+  \fi\fi\fi\fi
+  \SOUL@n*%
+}{%
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@puttoken}
-% The possibility to put tokens back makes the scanner design much
-% cleaner. There's only room for one token, though, so we issue
-% an error message if \cs{\SOUL@puttoken} is told to put a token
-% back while the buffer is still in use. Note that \cs{\SOUL@debug}
-% is actually undefined. This won't hurt as it can only happen
-% during driver design. No user will ever see this message.
-%
+%    Now the redefined version follows.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\SOUL@puttoken{%
-    \edef\x{\the\SOUL@buffer}%
-    \ifx\x\empty
-        \global\SOUL@buffer=\SOUL@token
-        \global\SOUL@token={}%
+  \def\SOUL@n*##1{\SOUL@scan}%
+  \if\noexpand\SOUL@@\SOUL@spc
+  \else
+    \SOUL@ignorespacesfalse
+  \fi
+  \ifnum\SOUL@minus=\thr@@
+    \SOUL@flushminus
+  \else\ifnum\SOUL@comma=\tw@
+    \SOUL@flushcomma
+  \else\ifnum\SOUL@apo=\tw@
+    \SOUL@flushapo
+  \else\ifnum\SOUL@grave=\tw@
+    \SOUL@flushgrave
+  \fi\fi\fi\fi
+  \ifx\SOUL@@-\else\SOUL@flushminus\fi
+  \ifx\SOUL@@,\else\SOUL@flushcomma\fi
+  \ifx\SOUL@@'\else\SOUL@flushapo\fi
+  \ifx\SOUL@@`\else\SOUL@flushgrave\fi
+  \ifx\SOUL@@-%
+    \advance\SOUL@minus\@ne
+  \else\ifx\SOUL@@,%
+    \advance\SOUL@comma\@ne
+  \else\ifx\SOUL@@'%
+    \advance\SOUL@apo\@ne
+  \else\ifx\SOUL@@`%
+    \advance\SOUL@grave\@ne
+  \else
+    \SOUL@flushminus
+    \SOUL@flushcomma
+    \SOUL@flushapo
+    \SOUL@flushgrave
+    \ifx\SOUL@@\SOUL@stop
+      \def\SOUL@n*{%
+          \SOUL@doword
+          \SOUL@eventuallyexhyphen\null
+      }%
+    \else\ifx\SOUL@@\par
+      \def\SOUL@n*\par{\par\leavevmode\SOUL@scan}%
+    \else\if\noexpand\SOUL@@\SOUL@spc
+      \SOUL@doword
+      \SOUL@eventuallyexhyphen\null
+      \ifSOUL@ignorespaces
+      \else
+        \SOUL@everyspace{}%
+      \fi
+      \def\SOUL@n* {\SOUL@scan}%
+    \else\ifx\SOUL@@\\%
+      \SOUL@doword
+      \SOUL@eventuallyexhyphen\null
+      \SOUL@everyspace{\unskip\nobreak\hfil\break}%
+      \SOUL@ignorespacestrue
+    \else\ifx\SOUL@@~%
+      \SOUL@doword
+      \SOUL@eventuallyexhyphen\null
+      \SOUL@everyspace{\nobreak}%
+    \else\ifx\SOUL@@\slash
+      \SOUL@doword
+      \SOUL@eventuallyexhyphen{/}%
+      \SOUL@exhyphen{/}%
+    \else\ifx\SOUL@@\mbox
+      \def\SOUL@n*{\SOUL@addprotect}%
+    \else\ifx\SOUL@@\hbox
+      \def\SOUL@n*{\SOUL@addprotect}%
+    \else\ifx\SOUL@@\soulomit
+      \def\SOUL@n*\soulomit##1{%
+        \SOUL@doword
+        {\spaceskip\SOUL@spaceskip##1}%
+        \SOUL@scan
+      }%
+    \else\ifx\SOUL@@\break
+      \SOUL@doword
+      \break
+    \else\ifx\SOUL@@\linebreak
+      \SOUL@doword
+      \SOUL@everyspace{\linebreak}%
+    \else\ifcat\bgroup\noexpand\SOUL@@
+      \def\SOUL@n*{\SOUL@addgroup{}}%
+    \else\ifcat$\noexpand\SOUL@@
+      \def\SOUL@n*{\SOUL@addmath}%
     \else
-        \SOUL@debug{puttoken called twice}%
-    \fi
-}
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@nexttoken}
-% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@splittoken}
-% If the word buffer \cs{\SOUL@word} is empty, deliver a \cs{\SOUL@stop},
-% otherwise take the next token.
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\SOUL@nexttoken{%
-    \edef\x{\the\SOUL@word}%
-    \ifx\x\empty
-        \SOUL@token={\SOUL@stop}%
-    \else
-        \expandafter\SOUL@splittoken\the\SOUL@word\SOUL@stop
-    \fi
-}
-\def\SOUL@splittoken#1#2\SOUL@stop{%
-    \global\SOUL@token={#1}%
-    \global\SOUL@word={#2}%
+%    The current token is examined to detect the start of
+%    a UTF-8 sequence.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+      \SOuL@analyzeutfviii
+      \ifcase\SOuL@octets
+        \SOuL@analyzeutfviiix
+      \fi
+      \ifcase\SOuL@octets
+        \def\SOUL@n*{\SOUL@dotoken}%
+      \or % 1
+      \or % 2
+        \def\SOUL@n*{\SOuL@addtwooctets}%
+      \or % 3
+        \def\SOUL@n*{\SOuL@addthreeoctets}%
+      \or % 4
+        \def\SOUL@n*{\SOuL@addfouroctets}%
+      \fi
+    \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
+  \fi\fi\fi\fi
+  \SOUL@n*%
 }
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
-%
+%    \end{macro}
 %
+% \subsection{UTF-8 analysis}
 %
-% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@getkern}
-% Assign the kerning value between the first and the third argument
-% to the second, which has to be a \cs{\dimen} register.
-% |\SOUL@getkern{A}{\dimen0}{V}| will assign the kerning value
-% between `A' and `V' to |\dimen0|.
+% \subsubsection{Help strings}
 %
 %    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\SOUL@getkern#1#2#3{%
-    \setbox\tw@\hbox{#1#3}%
-    #2\wd\tw@
-    \setbox\tw@\hbox{#1\null#3}%
-    \advance#2-\wd\tw@
+\def\SOuL@defsanitizedstring#1#2{%
+  \expandafter\def\csname SOuL@string#1\endcsname{#2}%
+  \expandafter\@onelevel@sanitize\csname SOuL@string#1\endcsname
 }
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@setkern}
-% Set a kerning value if it doesn't equal 0\,pt. Of course, we could
-% also set a zero value, but that would needlessly clutter the
-% logfile.
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\SOUL@setkern#1{\ifdim#1=\z@\else\kern#1\fi}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@error}
-% This error message will be shown once for every word that couldn't
-% be reconstructed by \cs{\SOUL@dosyllable}.
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\SOUL@error{%
-    \vrule\@height.8em\@depth.2em\@width1em
-    \PackageError{soul}{Reconstruction failed}{%
-        I came across hyphenatable material enclosed in group
-        braces,^^Jwhich I can't handle. Either drop the braces or
-        make the material^^Junbreakable using an \string\mbox\space
-        (\string\hbox). Note that a space^^Jalso counts as possible
-        hyphenation point. See page 4 of the manual.^^JI'm leaving
-        a black square so that you can see where I am right now.%
+\SOuL@defsanitizedstring{UTFviii}{UTFviii@}
+\SOuL@defsanitizedstring{octets}{@octets}
+\SOuL@defsanitizedstring{two}{two}
+\SOuL@defsanitizedstring{three}{three}
+\SOuL@defsanitizedstring{four}{four}
+\SOuL@defsanitizedstring{macrocolon}{macro:}
+\SOuL@defsanitizedstring{csnameu}{csname u8-}
+\SOuL@defsanitizedstring{undeferr}{utf@viii@undeferr}
+\def\SOuL@stringendash{^^e2^^80^^93}
+\def\SOuL@stringemdash{^^e2^^80^^94}
+\def\SOuL@stringnobreakspace{^^c2^^a0}
+\edef\SOuL@charhash{\string #}
+\edef\SOuL@chartwo{\string 2}
+\edef\SOuL@charthree{\string 3}
+\def\SOuL@empty{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Support for \xfile{utf8.def}}
+%
+%    \begin{macro}{\SOuL@analyzeutfviii}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begingroup
+  \edef\x{\endgroup
+    \def\noexpand\SOuL@analyzeutfviii{%
+      \noexpand\expandafter\noexpand\SOuL@checkutfviii
+      \noexpand\meaning\noexpand\SOUL@@
+      \SOuL@stringUTFviii\SOuL@stringoctets
+      \noexpand\@nil
     }%
+    \def\noexpand\SOuL@checkutfviii
+      ##1\SOuL@stringUTFviii##2\SOuL@stringoctets##3\noexpand\@nil
+  }%
+\x{%
+  \def\SOuL@temp{#2}%
+  \chardef\SOuL@octets=%
+      \ifx\SOuL@temp\SOuL@stringtwo
+        \tw@
+      \else\ifx\SOuL@temp\SOuL@stringthree
+        \thr@@
+      \else\ifx\SOuL@temp\SOuL@stringfour
+        4 %
+      \else
+        \z@
+      \fi\fi\fi
 }
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@setup}
-% This is a null driver, that will be used as the basis for
-% other drivers. These have then to redefine only interface commands
-% that shall differ from the default.
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\SOUL@setup{%
-    \let\SOUL@preamble\relax
-    \let\SOUL@postamble\relax
-    \let\SOUL@everytoken\relax
-    \let\SOUL@everysyllable\relax
-    \def\SOUL@everyspace##1{##1\space}%
-    \let\SOUL@everyhyphen\relax
-    \def\SOUL@everyexhyphen##1{##1}%
-    \let\SOUL@everylowerthan\relax
-}
-\SOUL@setup
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \subsection{The \texorpdfstring{\so{letterspacing}}{letterspacing} driver}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@sosetletterskip}
-% A handy helper macro that sets the inter-letter skip with a
-% draconian \cs{\penalty}.
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\SOUL@sosetletterskip{\nobreak\hskip\SOUL@soletterskip}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@sopreamble}
-% If letterspacing (\cs{\so} or \cs{\caps}) follows a white space, we
-% replace it with our \syn{outer space}. \LaTeX\ uses |\hskip1sp| as
-% marker in tabular entries, so we ignore tiny skips.
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\SOUL@sopreamble{%
-    \ifdim\lastskip>5sp
-        \unskip
-        \hskip\SOUL@soouterskip
-    \fi
-    \spaceskip\SOUL@soinnerskip
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@sopostamble}
-% Start the look-ahead scanner \cs{\SOUL@socheck} outside the \cs{\SOUL@}
-% scope. That's why we make the \syn{outer space} globally available in
-% \cs{\skip@}.
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\SOUL@sopostamble{%
-    \global\skip@=\SOUL@soouterskip
-    \aftergroup\SOUL@socheck
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-%
+%    \end{macro}
 %
-%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@socheck}
-% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@sodoouter}
-% Read the next token after the \soul\ command into \cs{\SOUL@@}
-% and examine it. If it's some kind of space, replace it with
-% \syn{outer space} and the appropriate penalty, else if it's
-% a closing brace, continue scanning. If it is neither: do nothing.
+% \subsubsection{Support for \xfile{utf8x.def}}
 %
+%    \begin{macro}{\SOuL@analyzeutfviiix}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\SOUL@socheck{%
-    \futurelet\SOUL@@\SOUL@sodoouter
-}
-\def\SOUL@sodoouter{%
-    \def\SOUL@n*##1{\hskip\skip@}%
-    \ifcat\egroup\noexpand\SOUL@@
-        \unkern
-        \egroup
-        \def\SOUL@n*{\afterassignment\SOUL@socheck\let\SOUL@x=}%
-    \else\ifx\SOUL@spc\SOUL@@
-        \def\SOUL@n* {\hskip\skip@}%
-    \else\ifx~\SOUL@@
-        \def\SOUL@n*~{\nobreak\hskip\skip@}%
-    \else\ifx\ \SOUL@@
-    \else\ifx\space\SOUL@@
-    \else\ifx\@xobeysp\SOUL@@
-    \else
-        \def\SOUL@n*{}%
-        \let\SOUL@@\relax
-    \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
-    \SOUL@n*%
-}
+\begingroup
+  \edef\x{\endgroup
+    \def\noexpand\SOuL@analyzeutfviiix{%
+      \noexpand\expandafter\noexpand\SOuL@checkutfviiix
+      \noexpand\meaning\noexpand\SOUL@@
+      \SOuL@stringmacrocolon\SOuL@charhash1{}{}{}{}%
+      \SOuL@stringcsnameu\SOuL@stringundeferr
+      \noexpand\@nil
+    }%
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@soeverytoken}
-% Typeset the token and put an unbreakable inter-letter skip
-% thereafter. If the token is \cs{\<} then remove the last skip instead.
-% Gets the character kerning value between the actual and the
-% next token in \cs{\SOUL@charkern}.
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\SOUL@soeverytoken{%
-    \edef\x{\the\SOUL@token}%
-    \ifx\x\SOUL@lowerthanM
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macro}{\SOuL@checkutfviiix}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \def\noexpand\SOuL@checkutfviiix
+      ##1\SOuL@stringmacrocolon\SOuL@charhash1##2##3##4##5##6%
+      \SOuL@stringcsnameu##7\SOuL@stringundeferr##8\noexpand\@nil
+  }%
+\x{%
+  \def\SOuL@temp{#7}%
+  \ifx\SOuL@temp\SOuL@empty
+    \chardef\SOuL@octets=\z@
+  \else
+    \def\SOuL@temp{#5}%
+    \ifx\SOuL@temp\SOuL@charthree
+      \chardef\SOuL@octets=4 %
     \else
-        \global\let\SOUL@soeventuallyskip\SOUL@sosetletterskip
-        \the\SOUL@token
-        \SOUL@gettoken
-        \edef\x{\the\SOUL@token}%
-        \ifx\x\SOUL@stopM
-        \else
-            \SOUL@setkern\SOUL@charkern
-            \SOUL@sosetletterskip
-            \SOUL@puttoken
-        \fi
+      \def\SOuL@temp{#3}%
+      \ifx\SOuL@temp\SOuL@chartwo
+        \chardef\SOuL@octets=\thr@@
+      \else
+        \chardef\SOuL@octets=\tw@
+      \fi
     \fi
+  \fi
 }
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@soeveryspace}
-% This macro sets an \syn{inner space}. The argument may contain
-% penalties and is used for the |~| command. This construction was
-% needed to make colored underlines work, without having to put
-% any of the coloring commands into the core. |\kern\z@| prevents
-% in subsequent \cs{\so} commands that the second discards the
-% \syn{outer space} of the first. To remove the space simply
-% use |\unkern\unskip|.
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\SOUL@soeveryspace#1{#1\space\kern\z@}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@soeveryhyphen}
-% Sets implicit hyphens. The kerning value between the current token
-% and the hyphen character is passed in \cs{\SOUL@hyphkern}.
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\SOUL@soeveryhyphen{%
-    \discretionary{%
-        \unkern
-        \SOUL@setkern\SOUL@hyphkern
-        \SOUL@sethyphenchar
-    }{}{}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
+%    \end{macro}
 %
+% \subsection{Actions for UTF-8 sequences}
 %
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@soeveryexhyphen}
-% Sets the explicit hyphen that is passed as argument.
-% \cs{\SOUL@soeventuallyskip} equals \cs{\SOUL@sosetletterskip},
-% except when a \cs{\<} had been detected. This is necessary because
-% \cs{\SOUL@soeveryexhyphen} wouldn't know otherwise, that it
-% follows a~\cs{\<}.
-%
+%    \begin{macro}{\SOuL@addtwooctets}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\SOUL@soeveryexhyphen#1{%
-    \SOUL@setkern\SOUL@hyphkern
-    \SOUL@soeventuallyskip
-    \hbox{#1}%
-    \discretionary{}{}{%
-        \SOUL@setkern\SOUL@charkern
+\def\SOuL@addtwooctets#1#2{%
+  \def\SOuL@temp{#1#2}%
+  \@onelevel@sanitize\SOuL@temp
+  \ifx\SOuL@temp\SOuL@stringnobreakspace
+    \SOUL@doword
+    \SOUL@eventuallyexhyphen\null
+    \SOUL@everyspace{\nobreak}%
+    \let\SOuL@next\SOUL@scan
+  \else
+    \def\SOuL@next{%
+!     \SOUL@addtoken{{\noexpand#1\noexpand#2}}%
++     \SOUL@addtoken{{\etex@unexpanded{#1#2}}}%
     }%
-    \SOUL@sosetletterskip
-    \global\let\SOUL@soeventuallyskip\relax
+  \fi
+  \SOuL@next
 }
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@soeverylowerthan}
-% Let \cs{\<} remove the last inter-letter skip. Set the kerning value
-% between the token before and that after the \cs{\<} command.
-%
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\SOUL@soeverylowerthan{%
-    \unskip
-    \unpenalty
-    \global\let\SOUL@soeventuallyskip\relax
-    \SOUL@setkern\SOUL@charkern
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@sosetup}
-% Override all interface macros by our letterspacing versions. The
-% only unused macro is \cs{\SOUL@everysyllable}.
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\SOUL@sosetup{%
-    \SOUL@setup
-    \let\SOUL@preamble\SOUL@sopreamble
-    \let\SOUL@postamble\SOUL@sopostamble
-    \let\SOUL@everytoken\SOUL@soeverytoken
-    \let\SOUL@everyspace\SOUL@soeveryspace
-    \let\SOUL@everyhyphen\SOUL@soeveryhyphen
-    \let\SOUL@everyexhyphen\SOUL@soeveryexhyphen
-    \let\SOUL@everylowerthan\SOUL@soeverylowerthan
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macro}{\SOuL@addthreeoctets}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\SOuL@addthreeoctets#1#2#3{%
+  \def\SOuL@temp{#1#2#3}%
+  \@onelevel@sanitize\SOuL@temp
+  \ifx\SOuL@temp\SOuL@stringendash
+    \SOUL@doword
+    \SOUL@eventuallyexhyphen{-}%
+    \SOUL@exhyphen{--}%
+    \let\SOuL@next\SOUL@scan
+  \else
+    \ifx\SOuL@temp\SOuL@stringemdash
+      \SOUL@doword
+      \SOUL@eventuallyexhyphen{-}%
+      \SOUL@exhyphen{---}%
+      \let\SOuL@next\SOUL@scan
+    \else
+      \def\SOuL@next{%
+!       \SOUL@addtoken{{\noexpand#1\noexpand#2\noexpand#3}}%
++       \SOUL@addtoken{{\etex@unexpanded{#1#2#3}}}%
+      }%
+    \fi
+  \fi
+  \SOuL@next
 }
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@setso}
-% A handy macro for internal use.
-%
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macro}{\SOuL@addfouroctets}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\SOUL@setso#1#2#3{%
-    \def\SOUL@soletterskip{#1}%
-    \def\SOUL@soinnerskip{#2}%
-    \def\SOUL@soouterskip{#3}%
+\def\SOuL@addfouroctets#1#2#3#4{%
+! \SOUL@addtoken{{\noexpand#1\noexpand#2\noexpand#3\noexpand#4}}%
++ \SOUL@addtoken{{\etex@unexpanded{#1#2#3#4}}}%
 }
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\sodef}
-% This macro assigns the letterspacing skips as well as an optional
-% font switching command to a command sequence name. \cs{\so} itself
-% will be defined using this macro.
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\sodef#1#2#3#4#5{%
-    \DeclareRobustCommand*#1{\SOUL@sosetup
-        \def\SOUL@preamble{%
-            \SOUL@setso{#3}{#4}{#5}%
-            #2%
-            \SOUL@sopreamble
-        }%
-        \SOUL@
-    }%
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Redefinition of \cs{SOUL@splittoken}}
+%
+%    \begin{macro}{\SOUL@splittoken}
+%    Macro \cs{SOUL@splittoken} separates the first token
+%    or token group from a word and redefines the word to contain
+%    the remaining tokens. However if the remaining tokens are
+%    a token group, then the curly braces will be removed and
+%    the token group is splitted by the next call of \cs{SOUL@splittoken}.
+%    The redefinition avoids the removal of curly braces around the
+%    remaining tokens.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\SOuL@redefine\SOUL@splittoken#1#2\SOUL@stop{%
+  \global\SOUL@token={#1}%
+  \global\SOUL@word={#2}%
+}#1{%
+  \global\SOUL@token={#1}%
+  \SOuL@remainingtoken\relax
 }
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\resetso}
-% Let \cs{\resetso} define reasonable default values for letterspacing.
-%
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macro}{\SOuL@remainingtoken}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\resetso{%
-    \sodef\textso{}{.25em}{.65em\@plus.08em\@minus.06em}%
-        {.55em\@plus.275em\@minus.183em}%
+\long\def\@gobble#1{}
+\def\SOuL@remainingtoken#1\SOUL@stop{%
+  \global\SOUL@word=\expandafter{\@gobble#1}%
 }
-\resetso
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\sloppyword}
-% Set up a letterspacing macro that inserts slightly stretchable
-% space between the characters. This can be used to typeset long
-% words in narrow columns, where ragged paragraphs are undesirable.
-% See section~\ref{sec:sloppyword}.
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\sodef\sloppyword{%
-    \linepenalty10
-    \hyphenpenalty10
-    \adjdemerits\z@
-    \doublehyphendemerits\z@
-    \finalhyphendemerits\z@
-    \emergencystretch.1em}%
-    {\z@\@plus.1em}%
-    {.33em\@plus.11em\@minus.11em}%
-    {.33em\@plus.11em\@minus.11em}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \subsection[The \texorpdfstring{\caps{caps}}{caps} driver]{The caps driver}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\caps}
-% Unless run under \LaTeX, make \cs{\caps} just another simple letterspacing
-% macro that selects a font \cs{\capsfont} (defaulting to \cs{\relax}) but
-% doesn't have any special capabilities.
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\ifx\documentclass\@undefined
-\let\capsfont\relax
-\let\capsreset\relax
-\def\capsdef#1#2#3#4#5{}
-\def\capssave#1{}
-\def\capsselect#1{}
-\sodef\textcaps{\capsfont}
-    {.028em\@plus.005em\@minus.01em}%
-    {.37em\@plus.1667em\@minus.111em}%
-    {.37em\@plus.1em\@minus.14em}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\capsreset}
-% \dots\ else, if run under \LaTeX\ prepare a set of macros that
-% maintain a database with certain letterspacing values for different
-% fonts. \cs{\capsreset} clears the database and inserts a default rule.
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\else
-\DeclareRobustCommand*\capsreset{%
-    \let\SOUL@capsbase\empty
-    \SOUL@capsdefault
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\capsdef}
-% Add an entry to the database, which is of course nothing else than
-% a \TeX\ macro. See section ``List macros'' of appendix~D in the
-% \TeX{}book~\cite{DEK} for details.
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\capsdef#1#2#3#4#5{{%
-    \toks\z@{\\{#1/#2/#3/#4/#5}}%
-    \toks\tw@=\expandafter{\SOUL@capsbase}%
-    \xdef\SOUL@capsbase{\the\toks\z@\the\toks\tw@}%
-}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\capssave}
-% \begin{macro}{\capsselect}
-% Save the current database in a macro within the |SOUL@| namespace
-% and let |\capsselect| restore this database.
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareRobustCommand*\capssave[1]{%
-    \expandafter\global\expandafter\let
-        \csname SOUL@db@#1\endcsname\SOUL@capsbase
-}
-\DeclareRobustCommand*\capsselect[1]{%
-    \expandafter\let\expandafter\SOUL@capsbase
-        \csname SOUL@db@#1\endcsname
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@capsfind}
-% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@caps}
-% Go through the database entries and pick the first entry that matches
-% the currently active font. Then define an internal macro that uses
-% the respective spacing values in a macro that is equivalent to the
-% \cs{\textso} command.
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\SOUL@capsfind#1/#2/#3/#4/#5/#6/#7/#8/#9/{%
-    \let\SOUL@match=1%
-    \SOUL@chk{#1}\f@encoding
-    \SOUL@chk{#2}\f@family
-    \SOUL@chk{#3}\f@series
-    \SOUL@chk{#4}\f@shape
-    \SOUL@dimchk{#5}\f@size
-    \if\SOUL@match1%
-        \let\\\@gobble
-        \gdef\SOUL@caps{%
-            \SOUL@sosetup
-            \def\SOUL@preamble{\SOUL@setso{#7}{#8}{#9}#6%
-                \SOUL@sopreamble}%
-            \SOUL@}%
-    \fi
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@chk}
-% Sets the \cs{\SOUL@match} flag if both parameters are equal.
-% This is used for all \caps{\small NFSS} elements except the font size.
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\SOUL@chk#1#2{%
-    \if$#1$%
-    \else
-        \def\SOUL@n{#1}%
-        \ifx#2\SOUL@n\else\let\SOUL@match=0\fi
-    \fi
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@dimchk}
-% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@rangechk}
-% We do not only want to check if a given font size |#1| matches |#2|,
-% but also if it fits into a given range. An omitted lower boundary
-% is replaced by \cs{\z@} and an omitted upper boundary by \cs{\maxdimen}.
-% The first of a series of \cs{\SOUL@chk} and \cs{\SOUL@dimchk}
-% statements, which detects that the arguments don't match, sets the
-% \cs{\SOUL@match} flag to zero. A value of~1 indicates that an
-% entry in the font database matches the currently used font.
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\SOUL@dimchk#1#2{\if$#1$\else\SOUL@rangechk{#2}#1--\@ne\@@\fi}
-\def\SOUL@rangechk#1#2-#3-#4\@@{%
-    \count@=#4%
-    \ifnum\count@>\z@
-        \ifdim#1\p@=#2\p@\else\let\SOUL@match=0\fi
-    \else
-        \dimen@=\if$#2$\z@\else#2\p@\fi
-        \ifdim#1\p@<\dimen@\let\SOUL@match=0\fi
-        \dimen@=\if$#3$\maxdimen\else#3\p@\fi
-        \ifdim#1\p@<\dimen@\else\let\SOUL@match=0\fi
-    \fi
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{Patches}
+%
+%    The fixed \cs{SOUL@splittoken} allows to remove the double
+%    sets of curly braces in other macros of package \xpackage{soul-ori}.
+%    The benefit is that implicite kernings are more often detected
+%    and fixes a bug in package \xpackage{soul-ori}. The disadvantage is
+%    incompatibility. The width of the resulting strings may change.
+%    \begin{macro}{\SOUL@flushcomma}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\SOuL@redefine\SOUL@flushcomma{%
+  \ifcase\SOUL@comma
+  \or
+    \edef\x{\SOUL@word={\the\SOUL@word,}}\x
+  \or
+    \edef\x{\SOUL@word={\the\SOUL@word{{,,}}}}\x
+  \fi
+  \SOUL@comma\z@
+}{%
+  \ifcase\SOUL@comma
+  \or
+    \edef\x{\SOUL@word={\the\SOUL@word,}}\x
+  \or
+    \edef\x{\SOUL@word={\the\SOUL@word{,,}}}\x
+  \fi
+  \SOUL@comma\z@
 }
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\textcaps}
-% Find a matching entry in the database and start the letterspacing
-% mechanism with the given spacing values.
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareRobustCommand*\textcaps{{%
-    \def\\##1{\expandafter\SOUL@capsfind##1/}%
-    \SOUL@capsbase
-    \aftergroup\SOUL@caps
-}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@capsdefault}
-% Define a default database entry and a default font.
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\SOUL@capsdefault{%
-    \capsdef{////}%
-    \SOUL@capsdfltfnt
-    {.028em\@plus.005em\@minus.01em}%
-    {.37em\@plus.1667em\@minus.1em}%
-    {.37em\@plus.111em\@minus.14em}%
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macro}{\SOUL@flushapo}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\SOuL@redefine\SOUL@flushapo{%
+  \ifcase\SOUL@apo
+  \or
+    \edef\x{\SOUL@word={\the\SOUL@word'}}\x
+  \or
+    \edef\x{\SOUL@word={\the\SOUL@word{{''}}}}\x
+  \fi
+  \SOUL@apo\z@
+}{%
+  \ifcase\SOUL@apo
+  \or
+    \edef\x{\SOUL@word={\the\SOUL@word'}}\x
+  \or
+    \edef\x{\SOUL@word={\the\SOUL@word{''}}}\x
+  \fi
+  \SOUL@apo\z@
 }
-\let\SOUL@capsdfltfnt\scshape
-\capsreset
-\fi
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \subsection{The \texorpdfstring{\ul{underlining}}{underlining} driver}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@ulleaders}
-% This macro sets the underline under the following \cs{\hskip}.
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newdimen\SOUL@uldp
-\newdimen\SOUL@ulht
-\def\SOUL@ulleaders{%
-    \leaders\hrule\@depth\SOUL@uldp\@height\SOUL@ulht\relax
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macro}{\SOUL@flushgrave}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\SOuL@redefine\SOUL@flushgrave{%
+  \ifcase\SOUL@grave
+  \or
+    \edef\x{\SOUL@word={\the\SOUL@word`}}\x
+  \or
+    \edef\x{\SOUL@word={\the\SOUL@word{{``}}}}\x
+  \fi
+  \SOUL@grave\z@
+}{%
+  \ifcase\SOUL@grave
+  \or
+    \edef\x{\SOUL@word={\the\SOUL@word`}}\x
+  \or
+    \edef\x{\SOUL@word={\the\SOUL@word{``}}}\x
+  \fi
+  \SOUL@grave\z@
 }
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@ulunderline}
-% Set an underline under the given material. It draws the line first,
-% and the given material afterwards. This is needed for highlighting,
-% but gives less than optimal results for colored overstriking, which,
-% however, will hardly ever be used, anyway.
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\SOUL@ulunderline#1{{%
-    \setbox\z@\hbox{#1}%
-    \dimen@=\wd\z@
-    \dimen@i=\SOUL@uloverlap
-    \advance\dimen@2\dimen@i
-    \rlap{%
-        \null
-        \kern-\dimen@i
-        \SOUL@ulcolor{\SOUL@ulleaders\hskip\dimen@}%
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macro}{\SOUL@addgroup}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\SOuL@redefine\SOUL@addgroup#1#2{%
+  {%
+    \let\protect\noexpand
+    \edef\x{%
+      \global\SOUL@word={%
+        \the\SOUL@word
+        {{\noexpand#1#2}}%
+      }%
     }%
-    \unhcopy\z@
-}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@ulpreamble}
-% Just set up the line dimensions and the space skip. Normally,
-% \cs{\spaceskip} is unset and not used by \TeX. We need it, though,
-% because we feed it to the \cs{\leaders} primitive.
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\SOUL@ulpreamble{%
-    \SOUL@uldp=\SOUL@uldepth
-    \SOUL@ulht=-\SOUL@uldp
-    \advance\SOUL@uldp\SOUL@ulthickness
-    \spaceskip\SOUL@spaceskip
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@uleverysyllable}
-% By using \cs{\SOUL@everysyllable} we don't have to care about
-% kerning values and get better results for highlighting, where
-% negative kerning values would otherwise cut off characters.
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\SOUL@uleverysyllable{%
-    \SOUL@ulunderline{%
-        \the\SOUL@syllable
-        \SOUL@setkern\SOUL@charkern
+    \x
+  }%
+  \SOUL@scan
+}#1#2{%
+  \begingroup
+    \let\protect\noexpand
+    \edef\x{\endgroup
+      \SOUL@word={%
+        \the\SOUL@word
+!       {\noexpand#1{#2}}%
++       {\etex@unexpanded{#1{#2}}}%
+      }%
     }%
+  \x
+  \SOUL@scan
 }
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@uleveryspace}
-% Set a given penalty and an underlined \cs{\space} equivalent.
-% The \cs{\null} prevents a nasty gap in |\textfrak| |{a \textswab{b}}|,
-% while it doesn't seem to hurt in all other cases. I didn't investigate
-% this.
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\SOUL@uleveryspace#1{%
-    \SOUL@ulcolor{%
-        #1%
-        \SOUL@ulleaders
-        \hskip\spaceskip
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macro}{\SOUL@addmath}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\SOuL@redefine\SOUL@addmath$#1${%
+  {%
+    \let\protect\noexpand
+    \edef\x{%
+      \global\SOUL@word={%
+        \the\SOUL@word
+        {{\hbox{$#1$}}}%
+      }%
     }%
-    \null
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@uleveryhyphen}
-% If hyphenation takes place, output an underlined hyphen with the
-% required hyphen kerning value.
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\SOUL@uleveryhyphen{%
-    \discretionary{%
-        \unkern
-        \SOUL@ulunderline{%
-            \SOUL@setkern\SOUL@hyphkern
-            \SOUL@sethyphenchar
-        }%
-    }{}{}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@uleveryexhyphen}
-% Underline the given hyphen, en-dash, em-dash or \cs{\slash} and care
-% for kerning.
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\SOUL@uleveryexhyphen#1{%
-    \SOUL@setkern\SOUL@hyphkern
-    \SOUL@ulunderline{#1}%
-    \discretionary{}{}{%
-        \SOUL@setkern\SOUL@charkern
+    \x
+  }%
+  \SOUL@scan
+}$#1${%
+  \begingroup
+    \let\protect\noexpand
+    \edef\x{\endgroup
+      \SOUL@word={%
+        \the\SOUL@word
+!       {\hbox{$#1$}}%
++       {\etex@unexpanded{\hbox{$#1$}}}%
+      }%
     }%
+  \x
+  \SOUL@scan
 }
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@ulcolor}
-% \begin{macro}{\setulcolor}
-% Define the underline color or turn off coloring, in which case the lines are not
-% just colored black, but remain uncolored. This makes them appear
-% black, nevertheless, and has the advantage, that no Postscript
-% \cs{\specials} are cluttering the output.
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\let\SOUL@ulcolor\relax
-\def\setulcolor#1{%
-    \if$#1$
-        \let\SOUL@ulcolor\relax
-    \else
-        \def\SOUL@ulcolor{\textcolor{#1}}%
-    \fi
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\setuloverlap}
-% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@uloverlap}
-% Set the overlap amount, that helps to avoid gaps on sloppy output
-% devices.
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\setuloverlap#1{\def\SOUL@uloverlap{#1}}
-\setuloverlap{.25pt}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@ulsetup}
-% The underlining driver is quite simple. No need for \cs{\SOUL@postamble}
-% and \cs{\SOUL@everytoken}.
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\SOUL@ulsetup{%
-    \SOUL@setup
-    \let\SOUL@preamble\SOUL@ulpreamble
-    \let\SOUL@everysyllable\SOUL@uleverysyllable
-    \let\SOUL@everyspace\SOUL@uleveryspace
-    \let\SOUL@everyhyphen\SOUL@uleveryhyphen
-    \let\SOUL@everyexhyphen\SOUL@uleveryexhyphen
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@textul}
-% Describing self-explanatory macros is \emph{so} boring!
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareRobustCommand*\textul{\SOUL@ulsetup\SOUL@}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\setul}
-% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@uldepth}
-% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@ulthickness}
-% Set the underlining dimensions. Either value may be omitted and
-% lets the respective macro keep its current contents.
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\setul#1#2{%
-    \if$#1$\else\def\SOUL@uldepth{#1}\fi
-    \if$#2$\else\def\SOUL@ulthickness{#2}\fi
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\resetul}
-% Set reasonable default values that fit most latin fonts.
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\resetul{\setul{.65ex}{.1ex}}
-\resetul
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\setuldepth}
-% This macro sets all designated ``letters'' (\cs{\catcode=11}) or the
-% given material in a box and sets the underlining dimensions according
-% to the box depth.
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\setuldepth#1{{%
-    \def\SOUL@n{#1}%
-    \setbox\z@\hbox{%
-        \tracinglostchars\z@
-        \ifx\SOUL@n\empty
-            \count@\z@
-            \loop
-                \ifnum\catcode\count@=11\char\count@\fi
-            \ifnum\count@<\@cclv
-                \advance\count@\@ne
-            \repeat
-        \else
-            #1%
-        \fi
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macro}{\SOUL@addprotect}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\SOuL@redefine\SOUL@addprotect#1#2{%
+  {%
+    \let\protect\noexpand
+    \edef\x{%
+      \global\SOUL@word={%
+        \the\SOUL@word
+        {{\hbox{#2}}}%
+      }%
     }%
-    \dimen@\dp\z@
-    \advance\dimen@\p@
-    \xdef\SOUL@uldepth{\the\dimen@}%
-}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \subsection{The \texorpdfstring{\st{overstriking}}{overstriking} driver}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@stpreamble}
-% Striking out is just underlining with a raised line of a different
-% color. Hence we only need to define the preamble accordingly and
-% let the underlining preamble finally do its job. Not that colored
-% overstriking was especially useful, but we want at least to keep
-% it black while we might want to set underlines in some fancy color.
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\SOUL@stpreamble{%
-    \dimen@\SOUL@ulthickness
-    \dimen@i=-.5ex
-    \advance\dimen@i-.5\dimen@
-    \edef\SOUL@uldepth{\the\dimen@i}%
-    \let\SOUL@ulcolor\SOUL@stcolor
-    \SOUL@ulpreamble
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@stsetup}
-% We re-use the whole underlining setup and just replace the preamble
-% with our modified version.
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\SOUL@stsetup{%
-    \SOUL@ulsetup
-    \let\SOUL@preamble\SOUL@stpreamble
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\textst}
-% These pretzels are making me thirsty \dots
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareRobustCommand*\textst{\SOUL@stsetup\SOUL@}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@stcolor}
-% \begin{macro}{\setstcolor}
-% Set the overstriking color. This won't be used often, but is required
-% in cases, where the underlines are colored. You wouldn't want to
-% overstrike in the same color. Note that overstriking lines are
-% drawn \emph{beneath} the text, hence bright colors won't look good.
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\let\SOUL@stcolor\relax
-\def\setstcolor#1{%
-    \if$#1$
-        \let\SOUL@stcolor\relax
-    \else
-        \def\SOUL@stcolor{\textcolor{#1}}%
-    \fi
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \subsection{The highlighting driver}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@hlpreamble}
-% This is nothing else than overstriking with very thick lines.
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\SOUL@hlpreamble{%
-    \setul{}{2.5ex}%
-    \let\SOUL@stcolor\SOUL@hlcolor
-    \SOUL@stpreamble
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@hlsetup}
-% No need to re-invent the wheel. Just use the overstriking setup
-% with a different preamble.
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\SOUL@hlsetup{%
-    \SOUL@stsetup
-    \let\SOUL@preamble\SOUL@hlpreamble
+    \x
+  }%
+  \SOUL@scan
+}#1#2{%
+  \begingroup
+    \let\protect\noexpand
+    \edef\x{\endgroup
+      \SOUL@word={%
+        \the\SOUL@word
+!       {\hbox{#2}}%
++       {\etex@unexpanded{\hbox{#2}}}%
+      }%
+    }%
+  \x
+  \SOUL@scan
 }
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\texthl}
-% \begin{macro}{\sethlcolor}
-% \begin{macro}{\SOUL@hlcolor}
-% Define the highlighting macro and the color setting macro with a
-% simple default color. Yellow isn't really pleasing, but it's already
-% predefined by the \package{color} package.
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareRobustCommand*\texthl{\SOUL@hlsetup\SOUL@}
-\def\sethlcolor#1{\if$#1$\else\def\SOUL@hlcolor{\textcolor{#1}}\fi}
-\sethlcolor{yellow}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \subsection*{The package postamble}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\so}
-% \begin{macro}{\ul}
-% \begin{macro}{\st}
-% \begin{macro}{\hl}
-% \begin{macro}{\caps}
-% OK, I lied. The short macro names are just abbreviations for their
-% longer counterpart. Some people might be used to |\text*| style commands
-% to select a certain font. And then it doesn't hurt to reserve
-% these early enough.
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\let\so\textso
-\let\ul\textul
-\let\st\textst
-\let\hl\texthl
-\let\caps\textcaps
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \noindent
-% When used in an environment other than \LaTeX\ and the \package{german}
-% package was already loaded, define the double quotes as accent.
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\ifx\documentclass\@undefined
-    \ifx\mdqoff\@undefined
-    \else
-        \soulaccent{"}%
-    \fi
-    \catcode`\@=\atcode
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
-%
-%
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+%    \begin{macro}{\SOUL@addtoken}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
++ \SOuL@redefine\SOUL@addtoken#1{%
++   \edef\x{%
++     \SOUL@word={%
++       \the\SOUL@word
++       \noexpand#1%
++     }%
++   }%
++   \x
++   \SOUL@scan
++ }#1{%
++   \edef\x{%
++     \SOUL@word={%
++       \the\SOUL@word
++       \etex@unexpanded{#1}%
++     }%
++   }%
++   \x
++   \SOUL@scan
++ }%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\SOuL@AtEnd%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%</package>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \section{Installation}
+%
+% \subsection{Download}
+%
+% \paragraph{Package.} This package is available on
+% CTAN\footnote{\CTANpkg{soul}}:
+% \begin{description}
+% \item[\CTAN{macros/latex/contrib/soul/soul.dtx}] The source file.
+% \item[\CTAN{macros/latex/contrib/soul/soul-ori.dtx}] The source file.
+% \item[\CTAN{macros/latex/contrib/soul/soul.pdf}] Documentation.
+% \end{description}
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Package installation}
+% 
+%  Install the package with the package manager of your TeXsystem.
+%  If you want to do it manually:
+%
+% \paragraph{Unpacking.}
+% Run tex or \LaTeX{} on the \xfile{.ins} file
+% \begin{quote}
+%   \verb|tex soul.ins|
+% \end{quote}
+%
+% \paragraph{TDS.} Now the different files must be moved into
+% the different directories in your installation TDS tree
+% (also known as \xfile{texmf} tree):
+% \begin{quote}
+% \def\t{^^A
+% \begin{tabular}{@{}>{\ttfamily}l@{ $\rightarrow$ }>{\ttfamily}l@{}}
+%   soul.sty & tex/generic/soul/soul.sty\\
+%   soul-ori.sty & tex/generic/soul/soul-ori.sty\\   
+%   soulutf8.sty & tex/latex/soul/soulutf8.sty\\      
+%   soul.pdf & doc/generic/soul/soul.pdf\\
+%   soul-ori.pdf & doc/generic/soul/soul-ori.pdf\\
+%   soul.dtx    & source/generic/soul/soul.dtx\\
+%   soulori.dtx & source/generic/soul/soul-ori.dtx\\
+% \end{tabular}^^A
+% }^^A
+% \sbox0{\t}^^A
+% \ifdim\wd0>\linewidth
+%   \begingroup
+%     \advance\linewidth by\leftmargin
+%     \advance\linewidth by\rightmargin
+%   \edef\x{\endgroup
+%     \def\noexpand\lw{\the\linewidth}^^A
+%   }\x
+%   \def\lwbox{^^A
+%     \leavevmode
+%     \hbox to \linewidth{^^A
+%       \kern-\leftmargin\relax
+%       \hss
+%       \usebox0
+%       \hss
+%       \kern-\rightmargin\relax
+%     }^^A
+%   }^^A
+%   \ifdim\wd0>\lw
+%     \sbox0{\small\t}^^A
+%     \ifdim\wd0>\linewidth
+%       \ifdim\wd0>\lw
+%         \sbox0{\footnotesize\t}^^A
+%         \ifdim\wd0>\linewidth
+%           \ifdim\wd0>\lw
+%             \sbox0{\scriptsize\t}^^A
+%             \ifdim\wd0>\linewidth
+%               \ifdim\wd0>\lw
+%                 \sbox0{\tiny\t}^^A
+%                 \ifdim\wd0>\linewidth
+%                   \lwbox
+%                 \else
+%                   \usebox0
+%                 \fi
+%               \else
+%                 \lwbox
+%               \fi
+%             \else
+%               \usebox0
+%             \fi
+%           \else
+%             \lwbox
+%           \fi
+%         \else
+%           \usebox0
+%         \fi
+%       \else
+%         \lwbox
+%       \fi
+%     \else
+%       \usebox0
+%     \fi
+%   \else
+%     \lwbox
+%   \fi
+% \else
+%   \usebox0
+% \fi
+% \end{quote}
+% If you have a \xfile{docstrip.cfg} that configures and enables \docstrip's
+% TDS installing feature, then some files can already be in the right
+% place, see the documentation of \docstrip.
 %
-% \noindent
-% If we have been loaded by a \LaTeX\ environment and the \package{color}
-% package wasn't also loaded, we disable all colors. Then we add the umlaut accent
-% |"| if the \package{german} package is present. The quotes character has to
-% be \cs{\catcode}'d \cs{\active} now, or it won't get recognized later.
-% The \option{capsdefault}
-% option overrides the \cs{\caps} driver and lets \cs{\SOUL@} set an underline.
-% Finally load the local configuration, process the |capsdefault|
-% option and exit.
+% \subsection{Refresh file name databases}
 %
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\else
-    \bgroup
-        \catcode`\"\active
-        \AtBeginDocument{%
-            \@ifundefined{color}{%
-                \let\SOUL@color\relax
-                \let\setulcolor\@gobble
-                \let\setstcolor\@gobble
-                \let\sethlcolor\@gobble
-                \let\hl\ul
-            }{}
-            \@ifundefined{mdqoff}{}{\soulaccent{"}}
-        }
-    \egroup
-    \DeclareOption{capsdefault}{%
-        \AtBeginDocument{%
-            \def\SOUL@capsdfltfnt#1{%
-                \SOUL@ulsetup
-                \SOUL@ulpreamble
-                \scshape
-            }%
-        }%
-    }
-    \InputIfFileExists{soul.cfg}%
-        {\PackageInfo{soul}{Local config file soul.cfg used}}{}
-    \ProcessOptions
-\fi
-\endinput
-%    \end{macrocode}
+% If your \TeX~distribution
+% (\TeX\,Live, \mikTeX, \dots) relies on file name databases, you must refresh
+% these. For example, \TeX\,Live\ users run \verb|texhash| or
+% \verb|mktexlsr|.
 %
 %
+% \begin{thebibliography}{9}
 %
+% \bibitem{soul}
+%   Melchior Franz: \textit{The \xpackage{soul} package};
+%   2003/11/17;\\
+%   \CTANpkg{soul}.
 %
-%^^A--------------------------------------------------------------------
+% \bibitem{ucs}
+%   Dominique P. G. Unruh: \textit{\xpackage{ucs.sty} -- Unicode Support};
+%   2004/10/17;\\
+%   \CTANpkg{unicode}.
 %
+% \bibitem{utf8}
+%   Frank Mittelbach, Chris Rowley:
+%   \textit{Providing some UTF-8 support via \xpackage{inputenc}};
+%   2006/03/30;\\
+%   \CTAN{macros/latex/base/utf8ienc.dtx}.
 %
+% \end{thebibliography}
 %
+% \begin{History}
+%   \begin{Version}{2007/09/09 v1.0}
+%   \item
+%     First version.
+%   \end{Version}
+%   \begin{Version}{2016/05/16 v1.1}
+%   \item
+%     Documentation updates.
+%   \end{Version}
+%   \begin{Version}{2019/12/15 v1.2}
+%   \item
+%     Documentation updates.
+%   \end{Version}
+%   \begin{Version}{2023-02-18 v3.0}
+%   \item merged soulutf8 and the original soul into one package.
+%   \end{Version}
+% \end{History}
+%
+% \PrintIndex
 %
-% \vspace{2explus1fill}
-%\begin{verbatim}
-%$Id: soul.dtx,v 1.128 2003/11/17 22:57:24 m Rel $
-%\end{verbatim}
 % \Finale
-%
-%
-%                                                       ^^A.E.I.O.U.^^
-%^^A vim:ts=4:sw=4:et
+\endinput
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/generic/soul/soul.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/generic/soul/soul.ins
index 451343f7dff..ff0b4953615 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/generic/soul/soul.ins
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/generic/soul/soul.ins
@@ -1,10 +1,73 @@
-%% LaTeX2e file `soul.ins'
-%% generated by the `filecontents' environment
-%% from source `soul' on 2003/11/17.
-%%
-\def\batchfile{soul.ins}
-\input docstrip.tex
+\iffalse meta-comment
+
+File: soul.ins
+
+Copyright (C) 1998--2003  Melchior FRANZ
+Copyright (C) 2007 Heiko Oberdiek
+Copyright (C) 2022-2023 Oberdiek Package Support Group
+
+It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the
+LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of this
+license or (at your option) any later version.  The latest version
+of this license is in the file
+
+   https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+
+This file is part of the "soul bundle" (The Work in LPPL)
+and all files in that bundle must be distributed together.
+
+The released version of this bundle is available from CTAN.
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+The development version of the bundle can be found at
+
+   https://github.com/ho-tex/soul
+
+for those people who are interested.
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+\fi
+
+\input l3docstrip.tex
 \askforoverwritefalse
-\keepsilent   % <-- this is for you, Christina   ;-)
-\generate{\file{soul.sty}{\from{soul.dtx}{package}}}
+
+\let\MetaPrefix\relax
+\preamble
+
+Copyright (C) 1998--2003  Melchior FRANZ
+Copyright (C) 2007 Heiko Oberdiek
+Copyright (C) 2022-2023 Oberdiek Package Support Group
+
+It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of
+the LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of
+this license or (at your option) any later version.  The latest
+version of this license is in the file:
+
+   https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+
+This file is part of the "soul bundle" (The Work in LPPL)
+and all files in that bundle must be distributed together.
+
+\endpreamble
+\let\MetaPrefix\DoubleperCent
+% stop docstrip adding \endinput
+\postamble
+\endpostamble
+
+\keepsilent
+
+\generate
+  {\file{soul.sty}
+      {
+        \from{soul.dtx}{package}
+      }
+  }
+
+\generate
+  {\file{soul-ori.sty}{\from{soul-ori.dtx}{package}}}
+
+\generate
+  {\file{soulutf8.sty}{\from{soul.dtx}{soulutf8}}}
 \endbatchfile